// THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED. DO NOT EDIT. // Package rds provides a client for Amazon Relational Database Service. package rds import ( "fmt" "time" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query" ) const opAddRoleToDBCluster = "AddRoleToDBCluster" // AddRoleToDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the AddRoleToDBCluster operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See AddRoleToDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the AddRoleToDBCluster method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the AddRoleToDBClusterRequest method. // req, resp := client.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opAddRoleToDBCluster, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &AddRoleToDBClusterInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) output = &AddRoleToDBClusterOutput{} req.Data = output return } // AddRoleToDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Aurora DB // cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora to Access Other // AWS Services On Your Behalf (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Authorizing.AWSServices.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation AddRoleToDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterNotFoundFault // DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. // // * DBClusterRoleAlreadyExists // The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is already associated with // the specified DB cluster. // // * InvalidDBClusterStateFault // The DB cluster is not in a valid state. // // * DBClusterRoleQuotaExceeded // You have exceeded the maximum number of IAM roles that can be associated // with the specified DB cluster. // func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBCluster(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription" // AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest method. // req, resp := client.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput{} req.Data = output return } // AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * SubscriptionNotFound // The subscription name does not exist. // // * SourceNotFound // The requested source could not be found. // func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource" // AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the AddTagsToResource method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method. // req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opAddTagsToResource, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{} req.Data = output return } // AddTagsToResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used // with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS resources, // or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for Amazon RDS. // // For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // // * DBSnapshotNotFound // DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. // func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction" // ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest method. // req, resp := client.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput{} req.Data = output return } // ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB // instance). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * ResourceNotFoundFault // The specified resource ID was not found. // func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) { req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress" // AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method. // req, resp := client.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{} req.Data = output return } // AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of authorization. // First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the DBSecurityGroup if // the application using the database is running on EC2 or VPC instances. Second, // IP ranges are available if the application accessing your database is running // on the Internet. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDR range, // EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName // or EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC). // // You cannot authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one region to // an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You cannot authorize ingress from a // VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. // // For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBSecurityGroupNotFound // DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. // // * InvalidDBSecurityGroupState // The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. // // * AuthorizationAlreadyExists // The specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is already authorized for the // specified DB security group. // // * AuthorizationQuotaExceeded // DB security group authorization quota has been reached. // func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup = "CopyDBClusterParameterGroup" // CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // // * DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter // groups. // // * DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists // A DB parameter group with the same name exists. // func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCopyDBClusterSnapshot = "CopyDBClusterSnapshot" // CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CopyDBClusterSnapshot method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. // req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCopyDBClusterSnapshot, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora, // see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CopyDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault // User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. // // * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. // // * InvalidDBClusterStateFault // The DB cluster is not in a valid state. // // * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault // The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. // // * SnapshotQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. // // * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault // Error accessing KMS key. // func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCopyDBParameterGroup = "CopyDBParameterGroup" // CopyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CopyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CopyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CopyDBParameterGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CopyDBParameterGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCopyDBParameterGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CopyDBParameterGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CopyDBParameterGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CopyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Copies the specified DB parameter group. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CopyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // // * DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists // A DB parameter group with the same name exists. // // * DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter // groups. // func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroup(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCopyDBSnapshot = "CopyDBSnapshot" // CopyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CopyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CopyDBSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CopyDBSnapshot method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CopyDBSnapshotRequest method. // req, resp := client.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCopyDBSnapshot, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CopyDBSnapshotInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CopyDBSnapshotOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CopyDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Copies the specified DB snapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the "available" // state. // // If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier // must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CopyDBSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBSnapshotAlreadyExists // DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. // // * DBSnapshotNotFound // DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. // // * InvalidDBSnapshotState // The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. // // * SnapshotQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. // // * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault // Error accessing KMS key. // func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshot(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCopyOptionGroup = "CopyOptionGroup" // CopyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CopyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CopyOptionGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CopyOptionGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CopyOptionGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.CopyOptionGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupRequest(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyOptionGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCopyOptionGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CopyOptionGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CopyOptionGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CopyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Copies the specified option group. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CopyOptionGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault // The option group you are trying to create already exists. // // * OptionGroupNotFoundFault // The specified option group could not be found. // // * OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault // The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this AWS account. // func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroup(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCreateDBCluster = "CreateDBCluster" // CreateDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateDBCluster operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CreateDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CreateDBCluster method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateDBCluster, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CreateDBClusterInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CreateDBClusterOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CreateDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster. // // You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create the DB cluster // as a Read Replica of another DB cluster. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CreateDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault // User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. // // * InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity // There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be // able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different // Availability Zones that have more storage available. // // * DBClusterQuotaExceededFault // User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached // the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. // // * StorageQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available // across all DB instances. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // // * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault // DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created // because users' change. // // * InvalidDBClusterStateFault // The DB cluster is not in a valid state. // // * InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault // The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. // // * InvalidSubnet // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that // are not all in a common VPC. // // * DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound // DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter // group. // // * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault // Error accessing KMS key. // // * DBClusterNotFoundFault // DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. // func (c *RDS) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup" // CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a new DB cluster parameter group. // // Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances // in a DB cluster. // // A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters // for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom // values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating // it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster // parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster. // When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster, // you need to reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for // the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect. // // After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 // minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter // group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete // the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is used as the default // for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are // critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the // character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database // parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console // (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters // command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or // modified. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter // groups. // // * DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists // A DB parameter group with the same name exists. // func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCreateDBClusterSnapshot = "CreateDBClusterSnapshot" // CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CreateDBClusterSnapshot method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateDBClusterSnapshot, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CreateDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora, // see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CreateDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault // User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. // // * InvalidDBClusterStateFault // The DB cluster is not in a valid state. // // * DBClusterNotFoundFault // DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. // // * SnapshotQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. // // * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault // The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. // func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCreateDBInstance = "CreateDBInstance" // CreateDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateDBInstance operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CreateDBInstance for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CreateDBInstance method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateDBInstance, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CreateDBInstanceInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CreateDBInstanceOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CreateDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a new DB instance. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CreateDBInstance for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBInstanceAlreadyExists // User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. // // * InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity // Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability // Zone. // // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // // * DBSecurityGroupNotFound // DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. // // * InstanceQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. // // * StorageQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available // across all DB instances. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // // * DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones // unless there is only one Availability Zone. // // * InvalidDBClusterStateFault // The DB cluster is not in a valid state. // // * InvalidSubnet // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that // are not all in a common VPC. // // * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault // DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created // because users' change. // // * ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault // Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. // // * OptionGroupNotFoundFault // The specified option group could not be found. // // * DBClusterNotFoundFault // DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. // // * StorageTypeNotSupported // StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. // // * AuthorizationNotFound // Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified // DB security group. // // RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your // behalf. // // * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault // Error accessing KMS key. // // * DomainNotFoundFault // Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. // func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica = "CreateDBInstanceReadReplica" // CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a DB instance for a DB instance running MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL // that acts as a Read Replica of a source DB instance. // // All Read Replica DB instances are created as Single-AZ deployments with backups // disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB security groups // and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source DB instance, except // as specified below. // // The source DB instance must have backup retention enabled. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBInstanceAlreadyExists // User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. // // * InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity // Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability // Zone. // // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // // * DBSecurityGroupNotFound // DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. // // * InstanceQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. // // * StorageQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available // across all DB instances. // // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // // * InvalidDBInstanceState // The specified DB instance is not in the available state. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // // * DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones // unless there is only one Availability Zone. // // * InvalidSubnet // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that // are not all in a common VPC. // // * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault // DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created // because users' change. // // * ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault // Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. // // * OptionGroupNotFoundFault // The specified option group could not be found. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault // Indicates that the DBSubnetGroup should not be specified while creating read // replicas that lie in the same region as the source instance. // // * InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault // Indicates the DBSubnetGroup does not belong to the same VPC as that of an // existing cross region read replica of the same source instance. // // * StorageTypeNotSupported // StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. // // * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault // Error accessing KMS key. // func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCreateDBParameterGroup = "CreateDBParameterGroup" // CreateDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CreateDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CreateDBParameterGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBParameterGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateDBParameterGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CreateDBParameterGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CreateDBParameterGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CreateDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a new DB parameter group. // // A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for // the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for // any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using // ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need // to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate // a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the // DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated // settings to take effect. // // After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes // before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group // as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete // the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a // new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical // when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character // set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. // You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) // or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group // has been created or modified. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CreateDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter // groups. // // * DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists // A DB parameter group with the same name exists. // func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroup(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCreateDBSecurityGroup = "CreateDBSecurityGroup" // CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CreateDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CreateDBSecurityGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateDBSecurityGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CreateDBSecurityGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CreateDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB // instance. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CreateDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExists // A DB security group with the name specified in DBSecurityGroupName already // exists. // // * QuotaExceeded.DBSecurityGroup // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB security // groups. // // * DBSecurityGroupNotSupported // A DB security group is not allowed for this action. // func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroup(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCreateDBSnapshot = "CreateDBSnapshot" // CreateDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CreateDBSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CreateDBSnapshot method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSnapshotRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateDBSnapshot, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CreateDBSnapshotInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CreateDBSnapshotOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CreateDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in "available" state. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CreateDBSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBSnapshotAlreadyExists // DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. // // * InvalidDBInstanceState // The specified DB instance is not in the available state. // // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // // * SnapshotQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. // func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshot(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCreateDBSubnetGroup = "CreateDBSubnetGroup" // CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CreateDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CreateDBSubnetGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateDBSubnetGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one // subnet in at least two AZs in the region. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CreateDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists // DBSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing DB subnet group. // // * DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet groups. // // * DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a // DB subnet groups. // // * DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones // unless there is only one Availability Zone. // // * InvalidSubnet // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that // are not all in a common VPC. // func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription" // CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CreateEventSubscription method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateEventSubscription, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic // ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the RDS console, the SNS console, // or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon // SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console. // // You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified of, // provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and provide // a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want to be notified // of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1, // mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability, Backup. // // If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance // and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you will be notified of all the db-instance // events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify // a SourceIdentifier, you will receive notice of the events for that source // type for all your RDS sources. If you do not specify either the SourceType // nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated from all // RDS sources belonging to your customer account. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded // You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions. // // * SubscriptionAlreadyExist // The supplied subscription name already exists. // // * SNSInvalidTopic // SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified. // // * SNSNoAuthorization // You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN. // // * SNSTopicArnNotFound // The SNS topic ARN does not exist. // // * SubscriptionCategoryNotFound // The supplied category does not exist. // // * SourceNotFound // The requested source could not be found. // func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opCreateOptionGroup = "CreateOptionGroup" // CreateOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateOptionGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See CreateOptionGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the CreateOptionGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateOptionGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateOptionGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupRequest(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateOptionGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateOptionGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &CreateOptionGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &CreateOptionGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // CreateOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation CreateOptionGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault // The option group you are trying to create already exists. // // * OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault // The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this AWS account. // func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroup(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDeleteDBCluster = "DeleteDBCluster" // DeleteDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteDBCluster operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DeleteDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBCluster method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteDBCluster, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteDBClusterInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DeleteDBClusterOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DeleteDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When // you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted // and cannot be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB // cluster are not deleted. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DeleteDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterNotFoundFault // DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. // // * InvalidDBClusterStateFault // The DB cluster is not in a valid state. // // * DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault // User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. // // * SnapshotQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. // // * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault // The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup" // DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) output = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter // group to be deleted cannot be associated with any DB clusters. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * InvalidDBParameterGroupState // The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. // // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot" // DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy // operation is terminated. // // The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault // The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. // // * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDeleteDBInstance = "DeleteDBInstance" // DeleteDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteDBInstance operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DeleteDBInstance for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBInstance method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteDBInstance, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteDBInstanceInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DeleteDBInstanceOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DeleteDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. // When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are // deleted and cannot be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to // be deleted by DeleteDBInstance are not deleted. // // If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance // is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance // is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action cannot be canceled // or reverted once submitted. // // Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed, // incompatible-restore, or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when // the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to true. // // If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you // cannot delete the DB instance if the following are true: // // * The DB cluster is a Read Replica of another Amazon Aurora DB cluster. // // * The DB instance is the only instance in the DB cluster. // // To delete a DB instance in this case, first call the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster // API action to promote the DB cluster so it's no longer a Read Replica. After // the promotion completes, then call the DeleteDBInstance API action to delete // the final instance in the DB cluster. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DeleteDBInstance for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // // * InvalidDBInstanceState // The specified DB instance is not in the available state. // // * DBSnapshotAlreadyExists // DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. // // * SnapshotQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. // // * InvalidDBClusterStateFault // The DB cluster is not in a valid state. // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDeleteDBParameterGroup = "DeleteDBParameterGroup" // DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DeleteDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBParameterGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteDBParameterGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteDBParameterGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) output = &DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DeleteDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted // cannot be associated with any DB instances. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DeleteDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * InvalidDBParameterGroupState // The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. // // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDeleteDBSecurityGroup = "DeleteDBSecurityGroup" // DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DeleteDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBSecurityGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteDBSecurityGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) output = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DeleteDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Deletes a DB security group. // // The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DeleteDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * InvalidDBSecurityGroupState // The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. // // * DBSecurityGroupNotFound // DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroup(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDeleteDBSnapshot = "DeleteDBSnapshot" // DeleteDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DeleteDBSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBSnapshot method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSnapshotRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteDBSnapshot, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteDBSnapshotInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DeleteDBSnapshotOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DeleteDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Deletes a DBSnapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation // is terminated. // // The DBSnapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DeleteDBSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * InvalidDBSnapshotState // The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. // // * DBSnapshotNotFound // DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshot(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDeleteDBSubnetGroup = "DeleteDBSubnetGroup" // DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBSubnetGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteDBSubnetGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) output = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DeleteDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Deletes a DB subnet group. // // The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB instances. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DeleteDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault // The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. // // * InvalidDBSubnetStateFault // The DB subnet is not in the available state. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription" // DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DeleteEventSubscription method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteEventSubscription, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Deletes an RDS event notification subscription. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * SubscriptionNotFound // The subscription name does not exist. // // * InvalidEventSubscriptionState // This error can occur if someone else is modifying a subscription. You should // retry the action. // func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDeleteOptionGroup = "DeleteOptionGroup" // DeleteOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteOptionGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DeleteOptionGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DeleteOptionGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteOptionGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteOptionGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteOptionGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteOptionGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) output = &DeleteOptionGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DeleteOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Deletes an existing option group. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DeleteOptionGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * OptionGroupNotFoundFault // The specified option group could not be found. // // * InvalidOptionGroupStateFault // The option group is not in the available state. // func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroup(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDescribeAccountAttributes = "DescribeAccountAttributes" // DescribeAccountAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeAccountAttributes operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeAccountAttributes method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountAttributesRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeAccountAttributes, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DescribeAccountAttributesInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeAccountAttributesOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeAccountAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include // Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed. // The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward // that quota, and the quota's maximum value. // // This command does not take any parameters. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDescribeCertificates = "DescribeCertificates" // DescribeCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeCertificates operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeCertificates for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeCertificates method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeCertificatesRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeCertificatesRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCertificatesOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeCertificates, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DescribeCertificatesInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeCertificatesOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeCertificates API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this AWS account. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeCertificates for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * CertificateNotFound // CertificateIdentifier does not refer to an existing certificate. // func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificates(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups" // DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName // parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the // specified DB cluster parameter group. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters" // DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBClusterParameters for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusterParameters method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameters, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter // group. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBClusterParameters for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes" // DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual // DB cluster snapshot. // // When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes // returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that // are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all // is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual // DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. // // To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB // cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, // use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots" // DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports // pagination. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters" // DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBClusters operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBClusters for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusters method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClustersRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClustersOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBClusters, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBClustersInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBClustersOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBClusters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns information about provisioned Aurora DB clusters. This API supports // pagination. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBClusters for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterNotFoundFault // DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions" // DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBEngineVersions for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBEngineVersions method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBEngineVersions, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBEngineVersions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns a list of the available DB engines. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBEngineVersions for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeDBEngineVersions method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(params, // func(page *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeDBInstances = "DescribeDBInstances" // DescribeDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBInstances operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBInstances for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBInstances method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstancesRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBInstances, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBInstancesInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBInstancesOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports pagination. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBInstances for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeDBInstancesPages(params, // func(page *DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeDBLogFiles = "DescribeDBLogFiles" // DescribeDBLogFilesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBLogFiles operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBLogFiles for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBLogFiles method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBLogFilesRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBLogFiles, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBLogFilesInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBLogFilesOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBLogFiles API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBLogFiles for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFiles(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeDBLogFilesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeDBLogFiles method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeDBLogFilesPages(params, // func(page *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPages(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeDBParameterGroups = "DescribeDBParameterGroups" // DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBParameterGroups for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBParameterGroups method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBParameterGroups, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName // is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified // DB parameter group. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBParameterGroups for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeDBParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(params, // func(page *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeDBParameters = "DescribeDBParameters" // DescribeDBParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBParameters operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBParameters for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBParameters method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParametersRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBParametersRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParametersOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBParameters, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBParametersInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBParametersOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBParameters for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameters(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeDBParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeDBParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeDBParametersPages(params, // func(page *DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPages(input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeDBParametersOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeDBSecurityGroups = "DescribeDBSecurityGroups" // DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBSecurityGroups for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBSecurityGroups method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBSecurityGroups, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName // is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified // DB security group. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBSecurityGroups for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBSecurityGroupNotFound // DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroups(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeDBSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(params, // func(page *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes" // DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns a list of DB snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB // snapshot. // // When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes // returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that // are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If all is included // in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB snapshot // is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. // // To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB // snapshot, or to make the manual DB snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute // API action. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBSnapshotNotFound // DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDescribeDBSnapshots = "DescribeDBSnapshots" // DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshots operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBSnapshots for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBSnapshots method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBSnapshots, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBSnapshotsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns information about DB snapshots. This API action supports pagination. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBSnapshots for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBSnapshotNotFound // DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshots(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeDBSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeDBSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(params, // func(page *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeDBSubnetGroups = "DescribeDBSubnetGroups" // DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBSubnetGroups method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeDBSubnetGroups, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeDBSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified, // the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup. // // For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeDBSubnetGroups for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeDBSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(params, // func(page *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters" // DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster // database engine. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" // DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"EngineDefaults.Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified // database engine. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(params, // func(page *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(p *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories" // DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeEventCategories method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeEventCategories, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified, // for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and // source types in the Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) // topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions" // DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeEventSubscriptions method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeEventSubscriptions, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description // for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType, // SourceID, CreationTime, and Status. // // If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * SubscriptionNotFound // The subscription name does not exist. // func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params, // func(page *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents" // DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeEvents for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeEvents method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeEvents, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeEventsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeEventsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots, // and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular // DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group // can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past // hour of events are returned. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params, // func(page *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(p *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeEventsOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeOptionGroupOptions = "DescribeOptionGroupOptions" // DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeOptionGroupOptions for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeOptionGroupOptions method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeOptionGroupOptions, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeOptionGroupOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Describes all available options. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeOptionGroupOptions for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptions(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeOptionGroupOptions method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(params, // func(page *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeOptionGroups = "DescribeOptionGroups" // DescribeOptionGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeOptionGroups operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeOptionGroups for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeOptionGroups method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeOptionGroups, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeOptionGroupsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeOptionGroupsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeOptionGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Describes the available option groups. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeOptionGroups for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * OptionGroupNotFoundFault // The specified option group could not be found. // func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroups(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeOptionGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeOptionGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeOptionGroupsPages(params, // func(page *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions" // DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(params, // func(page *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions" // DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least // one pending maintenance action. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * ResourceNotFoundFault // The specified resource ID was not found. // func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDescribeReservedDBInstances = "DescribeReservedDBInstances" // DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstances operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeReservedDBInstances for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeReservedDBInstances method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstances, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeReservedDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about // a specified reserved DB instance. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeReservedDBInstances for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * ReservedDBInstanceNotFound // The specified reserved DB Instance not found. // func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstances(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeReservedDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(params, // func(page *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(p *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings" // DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "MaxRecords", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Lists available reserved DB instance offerings. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound // Specified offering does not exist. // func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(params, // func(page *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(p *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput), lastPage) }) } const opDescribeSourceRegions = "DescribeSourceRegions" // DescribeSourceRegionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DescribeSourceRegions operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DescribeSourceRegions for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DescribeSourceRegions method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DescribeSourceRegionsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDescribeSourceRegions, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &DescribeSourceRegionsInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DescribeSourceRegionsOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DescribeSourceRegions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Returns a list of the source AWS regions where the current AWS region can // create a Read Replica or copy a DB snapshot from. This API action supports // pagination. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DescribeSourceRegions for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegions(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opDownloadDBLogFilePortion = "DownloadDBLogFilePortion" // DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See DownloadDBLogFilePortion for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the DownloadDBLogFilePortion method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest method. // req, resp := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDownloadDBLogFilePortion, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, LimitToken: "NumberOfLines", TruncationToken: "AdditionalDataPending", }, } if input == nil { input = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput{} req.Data = output return } // DownloadDBLogFilePortion API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in size. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation DownloadDBLogFilePortion for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // // * DBLogFileNotFoundFault // LogFileName does not refer to an existing DB log file. // func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortion(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages iterates over the pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See DownloadDBLogFilePortion method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(params, // func(page *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) // func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(p *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { page, _ := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input) page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator")) return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool { return fn(p.(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput), lastPage) }) } const opFailoverDBCluster = "FailoverDBCluster" // FailoverDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the FailoverDBCluster operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See FailoverDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the FailoverDBCluster method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the FailoverDBClusterRequest method. // req, resp := client.FailoverDBClusterRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverDBClusterOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opFailoverDBCluster, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &FailoverDBClusterInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &FailoverDBClusterOutput{} req.Data = output return } // FailoverDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Forces a failover for a DB cluster. // // A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the read-only instances in the // DB cluster to the master DB instance (the cluster writer) and deletes the // current primary instance. // // Amazon Aurora will automatically fail over to a read-only instance, if one // exists, when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover when you // want to simulate a failure of a DB instance for testing. Because each instance // in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you will need to clean up and // re-establish any existing connections that use those endpoint addresses when // the failover is complete. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation FailoverDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterNotFoundFault // DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. // // * InvalidDBClusterStateFault // The DB cluster is not in a valid state. // // * InvalidDBInstanceState // The specified DB instance is not in the available state. // func (c *RDS) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" // ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ListTagsForResource method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method. // req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opListTagsForResource, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{} req.Data = output return } // ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource. // // For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS // Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // // * DBSnapshotNotFound // DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. // func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opModifyDBCluster = "ModifyDBCluster" // ModifyDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ModifyDBCluster operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ModifyDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBCluster method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterRequest method. // req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opModifyDBCluster, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ModifyDBClusterInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &ModifyDBClusterOutput{} req.Data = output return } // ModifyDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can change one or more // database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the // new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora // on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ModifyDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterNotFoundFault // DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. // // * InvalidDBClusterStateFault // The DB cluster is not in a valid state. // // * StorageQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available // across all DB instances. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // // * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault // DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created // because users' change. // // * InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault // The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. // // * InvalidSubnet // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that // are not all in a common VPC. // // * DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound // DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter // group. // // * InvalidDBSecurityGroupState // The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. // // * InvalidDBInstanceState // The specified DB instance is not in the available state. // // * DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault // User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup" // ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{} req.Data = output return } // ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than // one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, // and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static // parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster associated // with the parameter group before the change can take effect. // // After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 // minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter // group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete // the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a // new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical // when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character // set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. // You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) // or the DescribeDBClusterParameters command to verify that your DB cluster // parameter group has been created or modified. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // // * InvalidDBParameterGroupState // The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute" // ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest method. // req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput{} req.Data = output return } // ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, // a manual DB cluster snapshot. // // To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore // as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs // of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster // snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public, // which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not // add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private // information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. // // To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster // snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use // the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action. // // If a manual DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it cannot be shared. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. // // * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault // The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. // // * SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded // You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual // DB snapshot with. // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opModifyDBInstance = "ModifyDBInstance" // ModifyDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ModifyDBInstance operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ModifyDBInstance for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBInstance method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBInstanceRequest method. // req, resp := client.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opModifyDBInstance, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ModifyDBInstanceInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &ModifyDBInstanceOutput{} req.Data = output return } // ModifyDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database // configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values // in the request. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ModifyDBInstance for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * InvalidDBInstanceState // The specified DB instance is not in the available state. // // * InvalidDBSecurityGroupState // The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. // // * DBInstanceAlreadyExists // User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. // // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // // * DBSecurityGroupNotFound // DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. // // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // // * InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity // Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability // Zone. // // * StorageQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available // across all DB instances. // // * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault // DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created // because users' change. // // * ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault // Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. // // * OptionGroupNotFoundFault // The specified option group could not be found. // // * DBUpgradeDependencyFailure // The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on could not be modified. // // * StorageTypeNotSupported // StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. // // * AuthorizationNotFound // Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified // DB security group. // // RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your // behalf. // // * CertificateNotFound // CertificateIdentifier does not refer to an existing certificate. // // * DomainNotFoundFault // Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opModifyDBParameterGroup = "ModifyDBParameterGroup" // ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ModifyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ModifyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBParameterGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opModifyDBParameterGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ModifyDBParameterGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{} req.Data = output return } // ModifyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one // parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, // and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. // // Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static // parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated // with the parameter group before the change can take effect. // // After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes // before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group // as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete // the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a // new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical // when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character // set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. // You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) // or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group // has been created or modified. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ModifyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // // * InvalidDBParameterGroupState // The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute" // ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest method. // req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput{} req.Data = output return } // ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, // a manual DB snapshot. // // To share a manual DB snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as // the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs // of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB snapshot. // Uses the value all to make the manual DB snapshot public, which means it // can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not add the all value for // any manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want // available to all AWS accounts. // // To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot, // or whether a manual DB snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes // API action. // // If the manual DB snapshot is encrypted, it cannot be shared. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBSnapshotNotFound // DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. // // * InvalidDBSnapshotState // The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. // // * SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded // You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual // DB snapshot with. // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opModifyDBSubnetGroup = "ModifyDBSubnetGroup" // ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBSubnetGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opModifyDBSubnetGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least // one subnet in at least two AZs in the region. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ModifyDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // // * DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a // DB subnet groups. // // * SubnetAlreadyInUse // The DB subnet is already in use in the Availability Zone. // // * DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones // unless there is only one Availability Zone. // // * InvalidSubnet // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that // are not all in a common VPC. // func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription" // ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ModifyEventSubscription method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method. // req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opModifyEventSubscription, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{} req.Data = output return } // ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you cannot // modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers // for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription // calls. // // You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType in the // Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) // topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories // action. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded // You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions. // // * SubscriptionNotFound // The subscription name does not exist. // // * SNSInvalidTopic // SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified. // // * SNSNoAuthorization // You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN. // // * SNSTopicArnNotFound // The SNS topic ARN does not exist. // // * SubscriptionCategoryNotFound // The supplied category does not exist. // func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opModifyOptionGroup = "ModifyOptionGroup" // ModifyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ModifyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ModifyOptionGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ModifyOptionGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ModifyOptionGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opModifyOptionGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ModifyOptionGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &ModifyOptionGroupOutput{} req.Data = output return } // ModifyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Modifies an existing option group. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ModifyOptionGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * InvalidOptionGroupStateFault // The option group is not in the available state. // // * OptionGroupNotFoundFault // The specified option group could not be found. // func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroup(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opPromoteReadReplica = "PromoteReadReplica" // PromoteReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PromoteReadReplica operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See PromoteReadReplica for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the PromoteReadReplica method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaRequest method. // req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPromoteReadReplica, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &PromoteReadReplicaInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &PromoteReadReplicaOutput{} req.Data = output return } // PromoteReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Promotes a Read Replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance. // // We recommend that you enable automated backups on your Read Replica before // promoting the Read Replica. This ensures that no backup is taken during the // promotion process. Once the instance is promoted to a primary instance, backups // are taken based on your backup settings. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation PromoteReadReplica for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * InvalidDBInstanceState // The specified DB instance is not in the available state. // // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplica(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) { req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = "PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster" // PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest method. // req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput{} req.Data = output return } // PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Promotes a Read Replica DB cluster to a standalone DB cluster. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterNotFoundFault // DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. // // * InvalidDBClusterStateFault // The DB cluster is not in a valid state. // func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering" // PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest method. // req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput{} req.Data = output return } // PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Purchases a reserved DB instance offering. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound // Specified offering does not exist. // // * ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExists // User already has a reservation with the given identifier. // // * ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceeded // Request would exceed the user's DB Instance quota. // func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opRebootDBInstance = "RebootDBInstance" // RebootDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the RebootDBInstance operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See RebootDBInstance for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the RebootDBInstance method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the RebootDBInstanceRequest method. // req, resp := client.RebootDBInstanceRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBInstanceOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opRebootDBInstance, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &RebootDBInstanceInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &RebootDBInstanceOutput{} req.Data = output return } // RebootDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. A reboot also // applies to the DB instance any modifications to the associated DB parameter // group that were pending. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary outage // of the instance, during which the DB instance status is set to rebooting. // If the RDS instance is configured for MultiAZ, it is possible that the reboot // will be conducted through a failover. An Amazon RDS event is created when // the reboot is completed. // // If your DB instance is deployed in multiple Availability Zones, you can force // a failover from one AZ to the other during the reboot. You might force a // failover to test the availability of your DB instance deployment or to restore // operations to the original AZ after a failover occurs. // // The time required to reboot is a function of the specific database engine's // crash recovery process. To improve the reboot time, we recommend that you // reduce database activities as much as possible during the reboot process // to reduce rollback activity for in-transit transactions. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation RebootDBInstance for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * InvalidDBInstanceState // The specified DB instance is not in the available state. // // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster = "RemoveRoleFromDBCluster" // RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest method. // req, resp := client.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) output = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput{} req.Data = output return } // RemoveRoleFromDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Disassociates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Aurora // DB cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora to Access // Other AWS Services On Your Behalf (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Authorizing.AWSServices.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterNotFoundFault // DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. // // * DBClusterRoleNotFound // The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not associated with // the specified DB cluster. // // * InvalidDBClusterStateFault // The DB cluster is not in a valid state. // func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBCluster(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription" // RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest method. // req, resp := client.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput{} req.Data = output return } // RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification subscription. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * SubscriptionNotFound // The subscription name does not exist. // // * SourceNotFound // The requested source could not be found. // func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource" // RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the RemoveTagsFromResource method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method. // req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{} req.Data = output return } // RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource. // // For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS // Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // // * DBSnapshotNotFound // DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. // func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opResetDBClusterParameterGroup = "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup" // ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opResetDBClusterParameterGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{} req.Data = output return } // ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value. // To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName // and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify // the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters. // // When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately // and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next // DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance // for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static // parameter to apply to. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * InvalidDBParameterGroupState // The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. // // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opResetDBParameterGroup = "ResetDBParameterGroup" // ResetDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ResetDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See ResetDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the ResetDBParameterGroup method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the ResetDBParameterGroupRequest method. // req, resp := client.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opResetDBParameterGroup, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ResetDBParameterGroupInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{} req.Data = output return } // ResetDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default // value. To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName // and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup // name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group, // dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set // to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance // request. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation ResetDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * InvalidDBParameterGroupState // The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. // // * DBParameterGroupNotFound // DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. // func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroup(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opRestoreDBClusterFromS3 = "RestoreDBClusterFromS3" // RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request method. // req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromS3, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output{} req.Data = output return } // RestoreDBClusterFromS3 API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from data stored in an Amazon S3 bucket. // Amazon RDS must be authorized to access the Amazon S3 bucket and the data // must be created using the Percona XtraBackup utility as described in Migrating // Data from MySQL by Using an Amazon S3 Bucket (AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Migrate.MySQL.html#Aurora.Migrate.MySQL.S3). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault // User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. // // * DBClusterQuotaExceededFault // User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached // the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. // // * StorageQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available // across all DB instances. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // // * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault // DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created // because users' change. // // * InvalidDBClusterStateFault // The DB cluster is not in a valid state. // // * InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault // The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. // // * InvalidSubnet // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that // are not all in a common VPC. // // * InvalidS3BucketFault // The specified Amazon S3 bucket name could not be found or Amazon RDS is not // authorized to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName // and S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again. // // * DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound // DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter // group. // // * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault // Error accessing KMS key. // // * DBClusterNotFoundFault // DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. // // * InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity // There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be // able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different // Availability Zones that have more storage available. // func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) { req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot" // RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest method. // req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput{} req.Data = output return } // RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a new DB cluster from a DB cluster snapshot. The target DB cluster // is created from the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration // as the original source DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created // with the default security group. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault // User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. // // * DBClusterQuotaExceededFault // User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached // the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. // // * StorageQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available // across all DB instances. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // // * DBSnapshotNotFound // DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. // // * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. // // * InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault // The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation. // // * InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity // There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be // able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different // Availability Zones that have more storage available. // // * InvalidDBSnapshotState // The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. // // * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault // The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. // // * StorageQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available // across all DB instances. // // * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault // DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created // because users' change. // // * InvalidRestoreFault // Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // // * InvalidSubnet // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that // are not all in a common VPC. // // * OptionGroupNotFoundFault // The specified option group could not be found. // // * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault // Error accessing KMS key. // func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime" // RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest method. // req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput{} req.Data = output return } // RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to // any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod // days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the // same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster // is created with the default DB security group. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault // User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. // // * DBClusterQuotaExceededFault // User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached // the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. // // * StorageQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available // across all DB instances. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // // * DBClusterNotFoundFault // DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. // // * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. // // * InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault // The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation. // // * InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity // There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be // able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different // Availability Zones that have more storage available. // // * InvalidDBSnapshotState // The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. // // * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault // The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. // // * StorageQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available // across all DB instances. // // * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault // DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created // because users' change. // // * InvalidRestoreFault // Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // // * InvalidSubnet // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that // are not all in a common VPC. // // * OptionGroupNotFoundFault // The specified option group could not be found. // // * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault // Error accessing KMS key. // func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot" // RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest method. // req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput{} req.Data = output return } // RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created // from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration // with the default security group and the default DB parameter group. By default, // the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the // instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated // with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment // and not a single-AZ deployment. // // If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored // DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot // action. RDS does not allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you // have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then // you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier // in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is // that you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created // from the snapshot. // // If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier // must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBInstanceAlreadyExists // User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. // // * DBSnapshotNotFound // DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. // // * InstanceQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. // // * InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity // Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability // Zone. // // * InvalidDBSnapshotState // The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. // // * StorageQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available // across all DB instances. // // * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault // DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created // because users' change. // // * InvalidRestoreFault // Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // // * DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones // unless there is only one Availability Zone. // // * InvalidSubnet // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that // are not all in a common VPC. // // * ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault // Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. // // * OptionGroupNotFoundFault // The specified option group could not be found. // // * StorageTypeNotSupported // StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. // // * AuthorizationNotFound // Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified // DB security group. // // RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your // behalf. // // * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault // Error accessing KMS key. // // * DBSecurityGroupNotFound // DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. // // * DomainNotFoundFault // Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. // func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime" // RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest method. // req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput{} req.Data = output return } // RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point in time. You can restore to // any point in time before the time identified by the LatestRestorableTime // property. You can restore to a point up to the number of days specified by // the BackupRetentionPeriod property. // // The target database is created with most of the original configuration, but // in a system-selected availability zone, with the default security group, // the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default, // the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the // instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated // with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment // and not a single-AZ deployment. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBInstanceAlreadyExists // User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. // // * DBInstanceNotFound // DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. // // * InstanceQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. // // * InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity // Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability // Zone. // // * InvalidDBInstanceState // The specified DB instance is not in the available state. // // * PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabled // SourceDBInstanceIdentifier refers to a DB instance with BackupRetentionPeriod // equal to 0. // // * StorageQuotaExceeded // Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available // across all DB instances. // // * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault // DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created // because users' change. // // * InvalidRestoreFault // Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. // // * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault // DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. // // * DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones // unless there is only one Availability Zone. // // * InvalidSubnet // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that // are not all in a common VPC. // // * ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault // Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. // // * OptionGroupNotFoundFault // The specified option group could not be found. // // * StorageTypeNotSupported // StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. // // * AuthorizationNotFound // Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified // DB security group. // // RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your // behalf. // // * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault // Error accessing KMS key. // // * DBSecurityGroupNotFound // DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. // // * DomainNotFoundFault // Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. // func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } const opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress" // RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // // See RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. // // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If // you just want the service response, call the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress method directly // instead. // // Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order // to execute the request. // // // Example sending a request using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method. // req, resp := client.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{} } req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) output = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{} req.Data = output return } // RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges // or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of // CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either // EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's // API operation RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * DBSecurityGroupNotFound // DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. // // * AuthorizationNotFound // Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified // DB security group. // // RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your // behalf. // // * InvalidDBSecurityGroupState // The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. // func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } // Describes a quota for an AWS account, for example, the number of DB instances // allowed. type AccountQuota struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account. AccountQuotaName *string `type:"string"` // The maximum allowed value for the quota. Max *int64 `type:"long"` // The amount currently used toward the quota maximum. Used *int64 `type:"long"` } // String returns the string representation func (s AccountQuota) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s AccountQuota) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAccountQuotaName sets the AccountQuotaName field's value. func (s *AccountQuota) SetAccountQuotaName(v string) *AccountQuota { s.AccountQuotaName = &v return s } // SetMax sets the Max field's value. func (s *AccountQuota) SetMax(v int64) *AccountQuota { s.Max = &v return s } // SetUsed sets the Used field's value. func (s *AccountQuota) SetUsed(v int64) *AccountQuota { s.Used = &v return s } type AddRoleToDBClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB cluster to associate the IAM role with. // // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Aurora // DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole. // // RoleArn is a required field RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddRoleToDBClusterInput"} if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) } if s.RoleArn == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { s.RoleArn = &v return s } type AddRoleToDBClusterOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the event source to be added. An identifier must begin // with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it // cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Constraints: // // * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must // be supplied. // // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must // be supplied. // // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must // be supplied. // // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be // supplied. // // SourceIdentifier is a required field SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source // identifier to. // // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput"} if s.SourceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier")) } if s.SubscriptionName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput { s.SourceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput { s.SubscriptionName = &v return s } type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions // action. EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput { s.EventSubscription = v return s } type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be added to. This value is an Amazon // Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). // // ResourceName is a required field ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource. // // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"} if s.ResourceName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) } if s.Tags == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *AddTagsToResourceInput { s.ResourceName = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsToResourceInput { s.Tags = v return s } type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource. // // Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade // // ApplyAction is a required field ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request. // An opt-in request of type immediate cannot be undone. // // Valid values: // // * immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately. // // * next-maintenance - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance // window for the resource. // // * undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests. // // OptInType is a required field OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance // action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). // // ResourceIdentifier is a required field ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput"} if s.ApplyAction == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplyAction")) } if s.OptInType == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptInType")) } if s.ResourceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetApplyAction sets the ApplyAction field's value. func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetApplyAction(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { s.ApplyAction = &v return s } // SetOptInType sets the OptInType field's value. func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetOptInType(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { s.OptInType = &v return s } // SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { s.ResourceIdentifier = &v return s } type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions sets the ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions field's value. func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions(v *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput { s.ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = v return s } type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The IP range to authorize. CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` // The name of the DB security group to add authorization to. // // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId // must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName // or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` // Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, // EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and // either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` // AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the // EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable // value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, // EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId // must be provided. EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"} if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value. func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { s.CIDRIP = &v return s } // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v return s } // SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value. func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v return s } // SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value. func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v return s } // SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value. func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v return s } type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * DescribeDBSecurityGroups // // * AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress // // * CreateDBSecurityGroup // // * RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups // action. DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value. func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput { s.DBSecurityGroup = v return s } // Contains Availability Zone information. // // This data type is used as an element in the following data type: // // * OrderableDBInstanceOption type AvailabilityZone struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the availability zone. Name *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetName(v string) *AvailabilityZone { s.Name = &v return s } // A CA certificate for an AWS account. type Certificate struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate. CertificateArn *string `type:"string"` // The unique key that identifies a certificate. CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The type of the certificate. CertificateType *string `type:"string"` // The thumbprint of the certificate. Thumbprint *string `type:"string"` // The starting date from which the certificate is valid. ValidFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The final date that the certificate continues to be valid. ValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` } // String returns the string representation func (s Certificate) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s Certificate) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value. func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateArn(v string) *Certificate { s.CertificateArn = &v return s } // SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value. func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *Certificate { s.CertificateIdentifier = &v return s } // SetCertificateType sets the CertificateType field's value. func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateType(v string) *Certificate { s.CertificateType = &v return s } // SetThumbprint sets the Thumbprint field's value. func (s *Certificate) SetThumbprint(v string) *Certificate { s.Thumbprint = &v return s } // SetValidFrom sets the ValidFrom field's value. func (s *Certificate) SetValidFrom(v time.Time) *Certificate { s.ValidFrom = &v return s } // SetValidTill sets the ValidTill field's value. func (s *Certificate) SetValidTill(v time.Time) *Certificate { s.ValidTill = &v return s } // This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions. type CharacterSet struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The description of the character set. CharacterSetDescription *string `type:"string"` // The name of the character set. CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CharacterSet) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CharacterSet) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCharacterSetDescription sets the CharacterSetDescription field's value. func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetDescription(v string) *CharacterSet { s.CharacterSetDescription = &v return s } // SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CharacterSet { s.CharacterSetName = &v return s } type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter // group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon // Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). // // Constraints: // // * Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group. // // * If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same region as the // copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-cluster-param-group, // or a valid ARN. // // * If the source DB parameter group is in a different region than the copy, // specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1. // // SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group. // // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription is a required field TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group. // // Constraints: // // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank // // * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-cluster-param-group1 // // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} if s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier")) } if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription")) } if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.Tags = v return s } // SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription field's value. func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = &v return s } // SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v return s } type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup // or CopyDBClusterParameterGroup action. // // This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup // action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups // action. DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v return s } type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not // case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster-snapshot1 // // SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB // cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster-snapshot2 // // TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput"} if s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) } if s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { s.Tags = v return s } // SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBClusterSnapshot // // * DeleteDBClusterSnapshot // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots // action. DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput { s.DBClusterSnapshot = v return s } type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information // about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). // // Constraints: // // * Must specify a valid DB parameter group. // // * Must specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-param-group, // or a valid ARN. // // SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // A description for the copied DB parameter group. // // TargetDBParameterGroupDescription is a required field TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the copied DB parameter group. // // Constraints: // // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank // // * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-db-parameter-group // // TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBParameterGroupInput"} if s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier")) } if s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupDescription")) } if s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { s.Tags = v return s } // SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBParameterGroupDescription field's value. func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription = &v return s } // SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v return s } type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBParameterGroup // action. // // This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBParameterGroup // action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action. DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value. func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput { s.DBParameterGroup = v return s } type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // True to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to the target DB snapshot; // otherwise false. The default is false. CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"` // The AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key identifier for an encrypted // DB snapshot. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or // the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. // // If you copy an unencrypted DB snapshot and specify a value for the KmsKeyId // parameter, Amazon RDS encrypts the target DB snapshot using the specified // KMS encryption key. // // If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify // a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If // you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId then the copy of the DB snapshot is // encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot. // // If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, // then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The identifier for the source DB snapshot. // // If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this must be the ARN // of the shared DB snapshot. // // Constraints: // // * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. // // * If the source snapshot is in the same region as the copy, specify a // valid DB snapshot identifier. // // * If the source snapshot is in a different region than the copy, specify // a valid DB snapshot ARN. For more information, go to Copying a DB Snapshot // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html). // // Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01 // // Example: arn:aws:rds:rr-regn-1:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805 // // SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // The identifier for the copied snapshot. // // Constraints: // // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank // // * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-db-snapshot // // TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBSnapshotInput"} if s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier")) } if s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value. func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { s.CopyTags = &v return s } // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { s.KmsKeyId = &v return s } // SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { s.Tags = v return s } // SetTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } type CopyDBSnapshotOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBSnapshot // // * DeleteDBSnapshot // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. func (s *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *CopyDBSnapshotOutput { s.DBSnapshot = v return s } type CopyOptionGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier or ARN for the source option group. For information about // creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). // // Constraints: // // * Must specify a valid option group. // // * If the source option group is in the same region as the copy, specify // a valid option group identifier, for example my-option-group, or a valid // ARN. // // * If the source option group is in a different region than the copy, specify // a valid option group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options. // // SourceOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field SourceOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // The description for the copied option group. // // TargetOptionGroupDescription is a required field TargetOptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the copied option group. // // Constraints: // // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank // // * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-option-group // // TargetOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field TargetOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyOptionGroupInput"} if s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceOptionGroupIdentifier")) } if s.TargetOptionGroupDescription == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupDescription")) } if s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetSourceOptionGroupIdentifier sets the SourceOptionGroupIdentifier field's value. func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetSourceOptionGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput { s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyOptionGroupInput { s.Tags = v return s } // SetTargetOptionGroupDescription sets the TargetOptionGroupDescription field's value. func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTargetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput { s.TargetOptionGroupDescription = &v return s } // SetTargetOptionGroupIdentifier sets the TargetOptionGroupIdentifier field's value. func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTargetOptionGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput { s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier = &v return s } type CopyOptionGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value. func (s *CopyOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *CopyOptionGroupOutput { s.OptionGroup = v return s } type CreateDBClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be // created in. For information on regions and Availability Zones, see Regions // and Availability Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify // a minimum value of 1. // // Default: 1 // // Constraints: // // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` // A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the // specified CharacterSet. CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` // The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster1 // // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. // If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 will be used. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The name for your database of up to 8 alpha-numeric characters. If you do // not provide a name, Amazon RDS will not create a database in the DB cluster // you are creating. DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` // The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. // // Valid Values: aurora // // Engine is a required field Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The version number of the database engine to use. // // Aurora // // Example: 5.6.10a EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. // // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption // key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. // // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS region. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any // printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". // // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` // The name of the master user for the DB cluster. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` // A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the // specified option group. // // Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option group // cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections. // // Default: 3306 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated // backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. // // Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time // per region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred // Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Constraints: // // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. // // * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). // // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. // // * Must be at least 30 minutes. PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal // Coordinated Time (UTC). // // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi // // Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time // per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks // available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun // // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster // is created as a Read Replica. ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster. VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBClusterInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterInput"} if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) } if s.Engine == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.AvailabilityZones = v return s } // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v return s } // SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.CharacterSetName = &v return s } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.DatabaseName = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.KmsKeyId = &v return s } // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.MasterUserPassword = &v return s } // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.MasterUsername = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.Port = &v return s } // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v return s } // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v return s } // SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.StorageEncrypted = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.Tags = v return s } // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v return s } type CreateDBClusterOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBCluster // // * DeleteDBCluster // // * FailoverDBCluster // // * ModifyDBCluster // // * RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot // // * RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *CreateDBClusterOutput { s.DBCluster = v return s } type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // This value is stored as a lowercase string. // // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group // can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, // and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine // version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. // // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The description for the DB cluster parameter group. // // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) } if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) } if s.Description == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v return s } // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.Description = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.Tags = v return s } type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup // or CopyDBClusterParameterGroup action. // // This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup // action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups // action. DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v return s } type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter // is not case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster1 // // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a // lowercase string. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1 // // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput"} if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) } if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { s.Tags = v return s } type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBClusterSnapshot // // * DeleteDBClusterSnapshot // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots // action. DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput { s.DBClusterSnapshot = v return s } type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to be initially allocated for the database // instance. // // Type: Integer // // MySQL // // Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144. // // MariaDB // // Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144. // // PostgreSQL // // Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144. // // Oracle // // Constraints: Must be an integer from 10 to 6144. // // SQL Server // // Constraints: Must be an integer from 200 to 4096 (Standard Edition and Enterprise // Edition) or from 20 to 4096 (Express Edition and Web Edition) AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` // Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the // DB instance during the maintenance window. // // Default: true AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` // The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in. // For information on regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability // Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). // // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's region. // // Example: us-east-1d // // Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter cannot be specified if the MultiAZ // parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the // same region as the current endpoint. AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this // parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to // 0 disables automated backups. // // Default: 1 // // Constraints: // // * Must be a value from 0 to 35 // // * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` // For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated // with the specified CharacterSet. CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` // True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance; // otherwise false. The default is false. CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` // The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to. // // For information on creating a DB cluster, see CreateDBCluster. // // Type: String DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance. // // Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge // | db.m2.xlarge |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large // | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge // | db.m4.4xlarge | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge // | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium // | db.t2.large // // DBInstanceClass is a required field DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens (1 to 15 // for SQL Server). // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: mydbinstance // // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you // use. // // Type: String // // MySQL // // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this // parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters // // * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine // // MariaDB // // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this // parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters // // * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine // // PostgreSQL // // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this // parameter is not specified, the default "postgres" database is created in // the DB instance. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters // // * Must begin with a letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters can // be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9). // // * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine // // Oracle // // The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. // // Default: ORCL // // Constraints: // // * Cannot be longer than 8 characters // // SQL Server // // Not applicable. Must be null. // // Amazon Aurora // // The name of the database to create when the primary instance of the DB cluster // is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in // the DB instance. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters // // * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine DBName *string `type:"string"` // The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If // this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified // engine will be used. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. // // Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. // // If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance. DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // Specify the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in. Domain *string `type:"string"` // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the // Directory Service. DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` // The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. // // Valid Values: mysql | mariadb | oracle-se1 | oracle-se2 | oracle-se | oracle-ee // | sqlserver-ee | sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres | // aurora // // Not every database engine is available for every AWS region. // // Engine is a required field Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The version number of the database engine to use. // // The following are the database engines and major and minor versions that // are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for // every AWS region. // // Amazon Aurora // // * Version 5.6 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, // ap-south-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, us-east-1, us-west-2): 5.6.10a // // MariaDB // // * Version 10.1 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, // ap-south-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, // us-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 10.1.14 // // * Version 10.0 (available in all AWS regions): 10.0.17 | 10.0.24 // // MySQL // // * Version 5.7 (available in all AWS regions): 5.7.10 | 5.7.11 // // * Version 5.6 (available in all AWS regions): 5.6.27 | 5.6.29 // // * Version 5.6 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, // ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, // us-gov-west-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 5.6.23 // // * Version 5.6 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, // us-west-1, us-west-2): 5.6.19a | 5.6.19b | 5.6.21 | 5.6.21b | 5.6.22 // // * Version 5.5 (available in all AWS regions): 5.5.46 // // * Version 5.5 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, // ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, // us-gov-west-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 5.5.42 // // * Version 5.5 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, // us-west-1, us-west-2): 5.5.40b | 5.5.41 // // * Version 5.5 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, us-west-1, // us-west-2): 5.5.40 | 5.5.40a // // Oracle Database Enterprise Edition (oracle-ee) // // * Version 12.1.0.2 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, // ap-south-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, // us-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 12.1.0.2.v5 // // * Version 12.1.0.2 (available in all AWS regions): 12.1.0.2.v1 | 12.1.0.2.v2 // | 12.1.0.2.v3 | 12.1.0.2.v4 // // * Version 12.1.0.1 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1, // us-west-2): 12.1.0.1.v6 // // * Version 12.1.0.1 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, // us-west-1, us-west-2): 12.1.0.1.v3 | 12.1.0.1.v4 | 12.1.0.1.v5 // // * Version 12.1.0.1 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, // us-gov-west-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 12.1.0.1.v1 | 12.1.0.1.v2 // // * Version 11.2.0.4 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, // ap-south-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, // us-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 11.2.0.4.v6 | 11.2.0.4.v9 // // * Version 11.2.0.4 (available in all AWS regions): 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3 // | 11.2.0.4.v4 | 11.2.0.4.v5 | 11.2.0.4.v7 | 11.2.0.4.v8 // // Oracle Database Standard Edition Two (oracle-se2) // // * Version 12.1.0.2 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, // ap-south-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, // us-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 12.1.0.2.v5 // // * Version 12.1.0.2 (available in all AWS regions): 12.1.0.2.v2 | 12.1.0.2.v3 // | 12.1.0.2.v4 // // Oracle Database Standard Edition One (oracle-se1) // // * Version 12.1.0.1 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1, // us-west-2): 12.1.0.1.v6 // // * Version 12.1.0.1 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, // us-west-1, us-west-2): 12.1.0.1.v3 | 12.1.0.1.v4 | 12.1.0.1.v5 // // * Version 12.1.0.1 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, // us-gov-west-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 12.1.0.1.v1 | 12.1.0.1.v2 // // * Version 11.2.0.4 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, // ap-south-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, // us-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 11.2.0.4.v6 | 11.2.0.4.v9 // // * Version 11.2.0.4 (available in all AWS regions): 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3 // | 11.2.0.4.v4 | 11.2.0.4.v5 | 11.2.0.4.v7 | 11.2.0.4.v8 // // Oracle Database Standard Edition (oracle-se) // // * Version 12.1.0.1 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1, // us-west-2): 12.1.0.1.v6 // // * Version 12.1.0.1 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, // us-west-1, us-west-2): 12.1.0.1.v3 | 12.1.0.1.v4 | 12.1.0.1.v5 // // * Version 12.1.0.1 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, // us-gov-west-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 12.1.0.1.v1 | 12.1.0.1.v2 // // * Version 11.2.0.4 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, // ap-south-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, // us-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 11.2.0.4.v6 | 11.2.0.4.v9 // // * Version 11.2.0.4 (available in all AWS regions): 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3 // | 11.2.0.4.v4 | 11.2.0.4.v5 | 11.2.0.4.v7 | 11.2.0.4.v8 // // PostgreSQL // // * Version 9.5 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, // ap-south-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, // us-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 9.5.2 | 9.5.4 // // * Version 9.4 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, // ap-south-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, // us-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 9.4.7 | 9.4.9 // // * Version 9.4 (available in all AWS regions): 9.4.5 // // * Version 9.4 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, // ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, // us-gov-west-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 9.4.1 | 9.4.4 // // * Version 9.3 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, // us-west-1, us-west-2): 9.3.10 | 9.3.3 | 9.3.5 | 9.3.6 | 9.3.9 // // * Version 9.3 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, us-west-1, // us-west-2): 9.3.1 | 9.3.2 // // * Version 9.3 (available in these AWS regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, // ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1, // us-west-2): 9.3.12 | 9.3.14 // // Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Edition (sqlserver-ee) // // * Version 11.00 (available in all AWS regions): 11.00.2100.60.v1 | 11.00.5058.0.v1 // | 11.00.6020.0.v1 // // * Version 10.50 (available in all AWS regions): 10.50.2789.0.v1 | 10.50.6000.34.v1 // | 10.50.6529.0.v1 // // Microsoft SQL Server Express Edition (sqlserver-ex) // // * Version 12.00 (available in all AWS regions): 12.00.4422.0.v1 // // * Version 11.00 (available in all AWS regions): 11.00.2100.60.v1 | 11.00.5058.0.v1 // | 11.00.6020.0.v1 // // * Version 10.50 (available in all AWS regions): 10.50.2789.0.v1 | 10.50.6000.34.v1 // | 10.50.6529.0.v1 // // Microsoft SQL Server Standard Edition (sqlserver-se) // // * Version 12.00 (available in all AWS regions): 12.00.4422.0.v1 // // * Version 11.00 (available in all AWS regions): 11.00.2100.60.v1 | 11.00.5058.0.v1 // | 11.00.6020.0.v1 // // * Version 10.50 (available in all AWS regions): 10.50.2789.0.v1 | 10.50.6000.34.v1 // | 10.50.6529.0.v1 // // Microsoft SQL Server Web Edition (sqlserver-web) // // * Version 12.00 (available in all AWS regions): 12.00.4422.0.v1 // // * Version 11.00 (available in all AWS regions): 11.00.2100.60.v1 | 11.00.5058.0.v1 // | 11.00.6020.0.v1 // // * Version 10.50 (available in all AWS regions): 10.50.2789.0.v1 | 10.50.6000.34.v1 // | 10.50.6529.0.v1 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be // initially allocated for the DB instance. // // Constraints: Must be a multiple between 3 and 10 of the storage amount for // the DB instance. Must also be an integer multiple of 1000. For example, if // the size of your DB instance is 500 GB, then your Iops value can be 2000, // 3000, 4000, or 5000. Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` // The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. // // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption // key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can // use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. // // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS region. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // License model information for this DB instance. // // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` // The password for the master database user. Can be any printable ASCII character // except "/", """, or "@". // // Type: String // // MySQL // // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. // // MariaDB // // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. // // Oracle // // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. // // SQL Server // // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. // // PostgreSQL // // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. // // Amazon Aurora // // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` // The name of master user for the client DB instance. // // MySQL // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. // // MariaDB // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters. // // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. // // Type: String // // Oracle // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 30 alphanumeric characters. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. // // SQL Server // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 128 alphanumeric characters. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. // // PostgreSQL // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. // // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval // to a value other than 0. // // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics // to CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. // For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role // for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole). // // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply // a MonitoringRoleArn value. MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot set the // AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option // group. // // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, // cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The port number on which the database accepts connections. // // MySQL // // Default: 3306 // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 // // Type: Integer // // MariaDB // // Default: 3306 // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 // // Type: Integer // // PostgreSQL // // Default: 5432 // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 // // Type: Integer // // Oracle // // Default: 1521 // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 // // SQL Server // // Default: 1433 // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152 through // 49156. // // Amazon Aurora // // Default: 3306 // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 // // Type: Integer Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. For more // information, see DB Instance Backups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.BackingUpAndRestoringAmazonRDSInstances.html). // // Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time // per region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred // Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Constraints: // // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. // // * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). // // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. // // * Must be at least 30 minutes. PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal // Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see DB Instance Maintenance // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBMaintenance.html). // // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi // // Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time // per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks // available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun // // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance). // // Default: 1 // // Valid Values: 0 - 15 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. // // Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been // requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. // // * Default VPC: true // // * VPC: false // // If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible // value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a // specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the // PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be private. PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` // Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. // // Default: false StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. // // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 // // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. // // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard StorageType *string `type:"string"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` // The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the // device. TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` // The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported // only by Microsoft SQL Server (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.TimeZone). Timezone *string `type:"string"` // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. // // Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceInput"} if s.DBInstanceClass == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass")) } if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) } if s.Engine == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.AllocatedStorage = &v return s } // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v return s } // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.AvailabilityZone = &v return s } // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v return s } // SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.CharacterSetName = &v return s } // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v return s } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.DBName = &v return s } // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.DBParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.DBSecurityGroups = v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.Domain = &v return s } // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.Iops = &v return s } // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.KmsKeyId = &v return s } // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.LicenseModel = &v return s } // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.MasterUserPassword = &v return s } // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.MasterUsername = &v return s } // SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.MonitoringInterval = &v return s } // SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v return s } // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.MultiAZ = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.Port = &v return s } // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v return s } // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v return s } // SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.PromotionTier = &v return s } // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.PubliclyAccessible = &v return s } // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.StorageEncrypted = &v return s } // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.StorageType = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.Tags = v return s } // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.TdeCredentialArn = &v return s } // SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v return s } // SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTimezone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.Timezone = &v return s } // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v return s } type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBInstance // // * DeleteDBInstance // // * ModifyDBInstance // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceOutput { s.DBInstance = v return s } type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the // Read Replica during the maintenance window. // // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` // The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the Read Replica will be created in. // // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's region. // // Example: us-east-1d AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` // True to copy all tags from the Read Replica to snapshots of the Read Replica; // otherwise false. The default is false. CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` // The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica. // // Valid Values: db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.xlarge // |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge // | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge // | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge // | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large // // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance. DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This identifier is the unique // key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase // string. // // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance will // be created in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet // group is specified, then the new DB instance is not created in a VPC. // // Constraints: // // * Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies // a DB instance in another region. // // * The specified DB subnet group must be in the same region in which the // operation is running. // // * All Read Replicas in one region that are created from the same source // DB instance must either:> // // Specify DB subnet groups from the same VPC. All these Read Replicas will // be created in the same VPC. // // Not specify a DB subnet group. All these Read Replicas will be created outside // of any VPC. // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be // initially allocated for the DB instance. Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics // are collected for the Read Replica. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. // // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval // to a value other than 0. // // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics // to CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. // For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role // for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole). // // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply // a MonitoringRoleArn value. MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` // The option group the DB instance will be associated with. If omitted, the // default option group for the engine specified will be used. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The port number that the DB instance uses for connections. // // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. // // Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been // requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. // // * Default VPC:true // // * VPC:false // // If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible // value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a // specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the // PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be private. PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` // The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read // Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas. // // Constraints: // // * Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL // DB instance. // // * Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the source // is running MySQL 5.6. // // * Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if // the source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5. // // * The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its backup // retention period must be greater than 0. // // * If the source DB instance is in the same region as the Read Replica, // specify a valid DB instance identifier. // // * If the source DB instance is in a different region than the Read Replica, // specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go to Constructing // a Amazon RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). // // SourceDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica. // // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 // // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. // // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard StorageType *string `type:"string"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput"} if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) } if s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v return s } // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.AvailabilityZone = &v return s } // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.Iops = &v return s } // SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.MonitoringInterval = &v return s } // SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.Port = &v return s } // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.PubliclyAccessible = &v return s } // SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.StorageType = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { s.Tags = v return s } type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBInstance // // * DeleteDBInstance // // * ModifyDBInstance // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput { s.DBInstance = v return s } type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated // with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only // to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible // with that DB parameter group family. // // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DB parameter group. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // This value is stored as a lowercase string. // // DBParameterGroupName is a required field DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The description for the DB parameter group. // // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBParameterGroupInput"} if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) } if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) } if s.Description == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v return s } // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { s.DBParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { s.Description = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { s.Tags = v return s } type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBParameterGroup // action. // // This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBParameterGroup // action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action. DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value. func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput { s.DBParameterGroup = v return s } type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The description for the DB security group. // // DBSecurityGroupDescription is a required field DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // * Must not be "Default" // // Example: mysecuritygroup // // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSecurityGroupInput"} if s.DBSecurityGroupDescription == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupDescription")) } if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBSecurityGroupDescription sets the DBSecurityGroupDescription field's value. func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput { s.DBSecurityGroupDescription = &v return s } // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput { s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput { s.Tags = v return s } type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * DescribeDBSecurityGroups // // * AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress // // * CreateDBSecurityGroup // // * RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups // action. DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value. func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput { s.DBSecurityGroup = v return s } type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The DB instance identifier. This is the unique key that identifies a DB instance. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the DB snapshot. // // Constraints: // // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank // // * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-snapshot-id // // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSnapshotInput"} if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) } if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBSnapshotInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBSnapshotInput { s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSnapshotInput { s.Tags = v return s } type CreateDBSnapshotOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBSnapshot // // * DeleteDBSnapshot // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. func (s *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *CreateDBSnapshotOutput { s.DBSnapshot = v return s } type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The description for the DB subnet group. // // DBSubnetGroupDescription is a required field DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup // // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. // // SubnetIds is a required field SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSubnetGroupInput"} if s.DBSubnetGroupDescription == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupDescription")) } if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) } if s.SubnetIds == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { s.SubnetIds = v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { s.Tags = v return s } type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBSubnetGroup // // * ModifyDBSubnetGroup // // * DescribeDBSubnetGroups // // * DeleteDBSubnetGroup // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups // action. DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput { s.DBSubnetGroup = v return s } type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to // create the subscription but not active it. Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` // A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. // You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) // topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories // action. EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to // it. // // SnsTopicArn is a required field SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events will be returned. // If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier // must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and // hyphens; it cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Constraints: // // * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. // // * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must // be supplied. // // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must // be supplied. // // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must // be supplied. // // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be // supplied. SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"` // The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you // want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this // parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are // returned. // // Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group // | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot SourceType *string `type:"string"` // The name of the subscription. // // Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters. // // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEventSubscriptionInput"} if s.SnsTopicArn == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnsTopicArn")) } if s.SubscriptionName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { s.Enabled = &v return s } // SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { s.EventCategories = v return s } // SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { s.SnsTopicArn = &v return s } // SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value. func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { s.SourceIds = v return s } // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { s.SourceType = &v return s } // SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { s.SubscriptionName = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { s.Tags = v return s } type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions // action. EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput { s.EventSubscription = v return s } type CreateOptionGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated // with. // // EngineName is a required field EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be // associated with. // // MajorEngineVersion is a required field MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The description of the option group. // // OptionGroupDescription is a required field OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the name of the option group to be created. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: myoptiongroup // // OptionGroupName is a required field OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateOptionGroupInput"} if s.EngineName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName")) } if s.MajorEngineVersion == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MajorEngineVersion")) } if s.OptionGroupDescription == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupDescription")) } if s.OptionGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetEngineName(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { s.EngineName = &v return s } // SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { s.MajorEngineVersion = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupDescription sets the OptionGroupDescription field's value. func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { s.OptionGroupDescription = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateOptionGroupInput { s.Tags = v return s } type CreateOptionGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value. func (s *CreateOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *CreateOptionGroupOutput { s.OptionGroup = v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBCluster // // * DeleteDBCluster // // * FailoverDBCluster // // * ModifyDBCluster // // * RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot // // * RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. type DBCluster struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` // Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that // are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a // DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services // on your behalf. AssociatedRoles []*DBClusterRole `locationNameList:"DBClusterRole" type:"list"` // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster // can be created in. AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` // If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is // associated with. CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"` // Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique // key that identifies a DB cluster. DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster. DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"` // Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster. DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"` // Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster. DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"` // Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, // including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"` // Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided // at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This // same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster. DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` // The region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for the DB cluster // is accessed. DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time // restore. EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster. Endpoint *string `type:"string"` // Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. Engine *string `type:"string"` // Indicates the database engine version. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` // If StorageEncrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB // cluster. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time // restore. LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Contains the master username for the DB cluster. MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. PercentProgress *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created // if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, // in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` // Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this // DB cluster. ReadReplicaIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaIdentifier" type:"list"` // The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster // load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in // a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, // Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the // DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across // multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster. // // If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is // promoted to be the primary instance, your connection will be dropped. To // continue sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster, // you can then recoonect to the reader endpoint. ReaderEndpoint *string `type:"string"` // Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a // Read Replica. ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the current state of this DB cluster. Status *string `type:"string"` // Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` // Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to. VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBCluster) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBCluster) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBCluster { s.AllocatedStorage = &v return s } // SetAssociatedRoles sets the AssociatedRoles field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetAssociatedRoles(v []*DBClusterRole) *DBCluster { s.AssociatedRoles = v return s } // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBCluster { s.AvailabilityZones = v return s } // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBCluster { s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v return s } // SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBCluster { s.CharacterSetName = &v return s } // SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *DBCluster { s.DBClusterArn = &v return s } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBClusterMembers sets the DBClusterMembers field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterMembers(v []*DBClusterMember) *DBCluster { s.DBClusterMembers = v return s } // SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships sets the DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships(v []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) *DBCluster { s.DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = v return s } // SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v string) *DBCluster { s.DBClusterParameterGroup = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetDBSubnetGroup(v string) *DBCluster { s.DBSubnetGroup = &v return s } // SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DBCluster { s.DatabaseName = &v return s } // SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DBCluster { s.DbClusterResourceId = &v return s } // SetEarliestRestorableTime sets the EarliestRestorableTime field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetEarliestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { s.EarliestRestorableTime = &v return s } // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster { s.Endpoint = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetEngine(v string) *DBCluster { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBCluster { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *DBCluster { s.HostedZoneId = &v return s } // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBCluster { s.KmsKeyId = &v return s } // SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { s.LatestRestorableTime = &v return s } // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBCluster { s.MasterUsername = &v return s } // SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetPercentProgress(v string) *DBCluster { s.PercentProgress = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetPort(v int64) *DBCluster { s.Port = &v return s } // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBCluster { s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v return s } // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBCluster { s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v return s } // SetReadReplicaIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaIdentifiers field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetReadReplicaIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBCluster { s.ReadReplicaIdentifiers = v return s } // SetReaderEndpoint sets the ReaderEndpoint field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetReaderEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster { s.ReaderEndpoint = &v return s } // SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster { s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetStatus(v string) *DBCluster { s.Status = &v return s } // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBCluster { s.StorageEncrypted = &v return s } // SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBCluster { s.VpcSecurityGroups = v return s } // Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster. type DBClusterMember struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of // the DB cluster. DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster. DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the // DB cluster and false otherwise. IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"` // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance). PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBClusterMember) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBClusterMember) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus sets the DBClusterParameterGroupStatus field's value. func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus(v string) *DBClusterMember { s.DBClusterParameterGroupStatus = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterMember { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetIsClusterWriter sets the IsClusterWriter field's value. func (s *DBClusterMember) SetIsClusterWriter(v bool) *DBClusterMember { s.IsClusterWriter = &v return s } // SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. func (s *DBClusterMember) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBClusterMember { s.PromotionTier = &v return s } // Contains status information for a DB cluster option group. type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group. DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group. Status *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterOptionGroupName sets the DBClusterOptionGroupName field's value. func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetDBClusterOptionGroupName(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus { s.DBClusterOptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus { s.Status = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup // or CopyDBClusterParameterGroup action. // // This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup // action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups // action. type DBClusterParameterGroup struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group. DBClusterParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"` // Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group. DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter // group is compatible with. DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` // Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter // group. Description *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn sets the DBClusterParameterGroupArn field's value. func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { s.DBClusterParameterGroupArn = &v return s } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v return s } // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { s.Description = &v return s } type DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // This value is stored as a lowercase string. DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage { s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v return s } // Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated // with a DB cluster. type DBClusterRole struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the // DB cluster. RoleArn *string `type:"string"` // Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster. // The Status property returns one of the following values: // // * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can // be used to access other AWS services on your behalf. // // * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster. // // * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the // DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS // services on your behalf. Status *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBClusterRole) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBClusterRole) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. func (s *DBClusterRole) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBClusterRole { s.RoleArn = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *DBClusterRole) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterRole { s.Status = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBClusterSnapshot // // * DeleteDBClusterSnapshot // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots // action. type DBClusterSnapshot struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster // snapshot can be restored in. AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` // Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated // Time (UTC). ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster // snapshot was created from. DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot. DBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot. DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the name of the database engine. Engine *string `type:"string"` // Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // If StorageEncrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB // cluster snapshot. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` // Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot. MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the // snapshot. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time // (UTC). SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot. SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot. Status *string `type:"string"` // Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted. StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` // Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot. VpcId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBClusterSnapshot) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.AllocatedStorage = &v return s } // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.AvailabilityZones = v return s } // SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.ClusterCreateTime = &v return s } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the DBClusterSnapshotArn field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.DBClusterSnapshotArn = &v return s } // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.KmsKeyId = &v return s } // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.LicenseModel = &v return s } // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.MasterUsername = &v return s } // SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.PercentProgress = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.Port = &v return s } // SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v return s } // SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.SnapshotType = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.Status = &v return s } // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.StorageEncrypted = &v return s } // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.VpcId = &v return s } // Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. // // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts // to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute // API action. type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. // // The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have // permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, // see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. AttributeName *string `type:"string"` // The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. // // If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a // list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the // manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual // DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or // restore. AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute { s.AttributeName = &v return s } // SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute { s.AttributeValues = v return s } // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes // API action. // // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot. DBClusterSnapshotAttributes []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"` // The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply // to. DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributes field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult { s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributes = v return s } // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult { s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions. type DBEngineVersion struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The description of the database engine. DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"` // The description of the database engine version. DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"` // The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` // The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the // CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not specified. DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"` // The name of the database engine. Engine *string `type:"string"` // The version number of the database engine. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName // parameter of the CreateDBInstance action. SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"` // A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the Timezone parameter // of the CreateDBInstance action. SupportedTimezones []*Timezone `locationNameList:"Timezone" type:"list"` // A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded // to. ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBEngineVersion) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBEngineDescription sets the DBEngineDescription field's value. func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion { s.DBEngineDescription = &v return s } // SetDBEngineVersionDescription sets the DBEngineVersionDescription field's value. func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineVersionDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion { s.DBEngineVersionDescription = &v return s } // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBEngineVersion { s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v return s } // SetDefaultCharacterSet sets the DefaultCharacterSet field's value. func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDefaultCharacterSet(v *CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { s.DefaultCharacterSet = v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngine(v string) *DBEngineVersion { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBEngineVersion { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetSupportedCharacterSets sets the SupportedCharacterSets field's value. func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { s.SupportedCharacterSets = v return s } // SetSupportedTimezones sets the SupportedTimezones field's value. func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedTimezones(v []*Timezone) *DBEngineVersion { s.SupportedTimezones = v return s } // SetValidUpgradeTarget sets the ValidUpgradeTarget field's value. func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *DBEngineVersion { s.ValidUpgradeTarget = v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBInstance // // * DeleteDBInstance // // * ModifyDBInstance // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. type DBInstance struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gigabytes. AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` // Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` // Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in. AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` // The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is // associated with. CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` // Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the // DB instance. CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` // If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the // DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of. DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance. DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` // Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance. DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique // key that identifies a DB instance. DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the current state of this database. DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"` // The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you // use. For example, this value returns MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL information // when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since Read Replicas // are only supported for these engines. // // MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL, Amazon Aurora // // Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided // at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This // same name is returned for the life of the DB instance. // // Type: String // // Oracle // // Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown // when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance. DBName *string `type:"string"` // Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"` // Provides List of DB security group elements containing only DBSecurityGroup.Name // and DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements. DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` // Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance, // including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` // Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is // part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"` // The region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for the DB instance // is accessed. DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` // The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance. DomainMemberships []*DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"` // Specifies the connection endpoint. Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"` // Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance. Engine *string `type:"string"` // Indicates the database engine version. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that // receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"` // Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` // If StorageEncrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB // instance. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time // restore. LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // License model information for this DB instance. LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` // Contains the master username for the DB instance. MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics // are collected for the DB instance. MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics // to CloudWatch Logs. MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` // Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance. OptionGroupMemberships []*OptionGroupMembership `locationNameList:"OptionGroupMembership" type:"list"` // Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only // included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements. PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"` // Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created // if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, // in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance). PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. // // Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been // requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. // // * Default VPC:true // // * VPC:false // // If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible // value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a // specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the // PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be private. PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` // Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this // DB instance. ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" type:"list"` // Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is // a Read Replica. ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB // instance with multi-AZ support. SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` // The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this // will be blank. StatusInfos []*DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"` // Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` // Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance. StorageType *string `type:"string"` // The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE // encryption. TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` // The time zone of the DB instance. In most cases, the Timezone element is // empty. Timezone content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances // that were created with a time zone specified. Timezone *string `type:"string"` // Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs // to. VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBInstance) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBInstance) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBInstance { s.AllocatedStorage = &v return s } // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *DBInstance { s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v return s } // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance { s.AvailabilityZone = &v return s } // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstance { s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v return s } // SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v return s } // SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBInstance { s.CharacterSetName = &v return s } // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *DBInstance { s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v return s } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceArn sets the DBInstanceArn field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstance { s.DBInstanceArn = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DBInstance { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceStatus sets the DBInstanceStatus field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceStatus(v string) *DBInstance { s.DBInstanceStatus = &v return s } // SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDBName(v string) *DBInstance { s.DBName = &v return s } // SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroupStatus) *DBInstance { s.DBParameterGroups = v return s } // SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance { s.DBSecurityGroups = v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *DBInstance { s.DBSubnetGroup = v return s } // SetDbInstancePort sets the DbInstancePort field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDbInstancePort(v int64) *DBInstance { s.DbInstancePort = &v return s } // SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBInstance { s.DbiResourceId = &v return s } // SetDomainMemberships sets the DomainMemberships field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDomainMemberships(v []*DomainMembership) *DBInstance { s.DomainMemberships = v return s } // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *DBInstance { s.Endpoint = v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetEngine(v string) *DBInstance { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBInstance { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn sets the EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn(v string) *DBInstance { s.EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn = &v return s } // SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { s.InstanceCreateTime = &v return s } // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetIops(v int64) *DBInstance { s.Iops = &v return s } // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstance { s.KmsKeyId = &v return s } // SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { s.LatestRestorableTime = &v return s } // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBInstance { s.LicenseModel = &v return s } // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBInstance { s.MasterUsername = &v return s } // SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *DBInstance { s.MonitoringInterval = &v return s } // SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *DBInstance { s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v return s } // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBInstance { s.MultiAZ = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupMemberships sets the OptionGroupMemberships field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetOptionGroupMemberships(v []*OptionGroupMembership) *DBInstance { s.OptionGroupMemberships = v return s } // SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *PendingModifiedValues) *DBInstance { s.PendingModifiedValues = v return s } // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBInstance { s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v return s } // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBInstance { s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v return s } // SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBInstance { s.PromotionTier = &v return s } // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *DBInstance { s.PubliclyAccessible = &v return s } // SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance { s.ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = v return s } // SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { s.ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone sets the SecondaryAvailabilityZone field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance { s.SecondaryAvailabilityZone = &v return s } // SetStatusInfos sets the StatusInfos field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetStatusInfos(v []*DBInstanceStatusInfo) *DBInstance { s.StatusInfos = v return s } // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBInstance { s.StorageEncrypted = &v return s } // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageType(v string) *DBInstance { s.StorageType = &v return s } // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBInstance { s.TdeCredentialArn = &v return s } // SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetTimezone(v string) *DBInstance { s.Timezone = &v return s } // SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance { s.VpcSecurityGroups = v return s } // Provides a list of status information for a DB instance. type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance // is not in an error state, this value is blank. Message *string `type:"string"` // Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false // if the instance is in an error state. Normal *bool `type:"boolean"` // Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can // be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated. Status *string `type:"string"` // This value is currently "read replication." StatusType *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMessage sets the Message field's value. func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetMessage(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { s.Message = &v return s } // SetNormal sets the Normal field's value. func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetNormal(v bool) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { s.Normal = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { s.Status = &v return s } // SetStatusType sets the StatusType field's value. func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatusType(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { s.StatusType = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBParameterGroup // action. // // This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBParameterGroup // action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action. type DBParameterGroup struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group. DBParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"` // Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter // group is compatible with. DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` // Provides the name of the DB parameter group. DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. Description *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBParameterGroup) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBParameterGroup) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBParameterGroupArn sets the DBParameterGroupArn field's value. func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBParameterGroup { s.DBParameterGroupArn = &v return s } // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBParameterGroup { s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v return s } // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroup { s.DBParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBParameterGroup { s.Description = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup // or ResetDBParameterGroup action. type DBParameterGroupNameMessage struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Provides the name of the DB parameter group. DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupNameMessage { s.DBParameterGroupName = &v return s } // The status of the DB parameter group. // // This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: // // * CreateDBInstance // // * CreateDBInstanceReadReplica // // * DeleteDBInstance // // * ModifyDBInstance // // * RebootDBInstance // // * RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot type DBParameterGroupStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DP parameter group. DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The status of parameter updates. ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus { s.DBParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value. func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus { s.ParameterApplyStatus = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * DescribeDBSecurityGroups // // * AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress // // * CreateDBSecurityGroup // // * RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups // action. type DBSecurityGroup struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB security group. DBSecurityGroupArn *string `type:"string"` // Provides the description of the DB security group. DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the name of the DB security group. DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` // Contains a list of EC2SecurityGroup elements. EC2SecurityGroups []*EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"` // Contains a list of IPRange elements. IPRanges []*IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"` // Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group. OwnerId *string `type:"string"` // Provides the VpcId of the DB security group. VpcId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBSecurityGroup) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBSecurityGroup) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSecurityGroupArn sets the DBSecurityGroupArn field's value. func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupArn(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { s.DBSecurityGroupArn = &v return s } // SetDBSecurityGroupDescription sets the DBSecurityGroupDescription field's value. func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupDescription(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { s.DBSecurityGroupDescription = &v return s } // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v return s } // SetEC2SecurityGroups sets the EC2SecurityGroups field's value. func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroups(v []*EC2SecurityGroup) *DBSecurityGroup { s.EC2SecurityGroups = v return s } // SetIPRanges sets the IPRanges field's value. func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetIPRanges(v []*IPRange) *DBSecurityGroup { s.IPRanges = v return s } // SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value. func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetOwnerId(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { s.OwnerId = &v return s } // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { s.VpcId = &v return s } // This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: // // * ModifyDBInstance // // * RebootDBInstance // // * RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot // // * RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime type DBSecurityGroupMembership struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB security group. DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The status of the DB security group. Status *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership { s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership { s.Status = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBSnapshot // // * DeleteDBSnapshot // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. type DBSnapshot struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in // at the time of the DB snapshot. AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot // was created from. DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot. DBSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot. DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted. Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` // Specifies the name of the database engine. Engine *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the version of the database engine. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated // Time (UTC). InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB // instance at the time of the snapshot. Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` // If Encrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // License model information for the restored DB instance. LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` // Provides the master username for the DB snapshot. MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` // Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time // of the snapshot. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time // (UTC). SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Provides the type of the DB snapshot. SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` // The DB snapshot Arn that the DB snapshot was copied from. It only has value // in case of cross customer or cross region copy. SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from. SourceRegion *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the status of this DB snapshot. Status *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the storage type associated with DB snapshot. StorageType *string `type:"string"` // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` // The time zone of the DB snapshot. In most cases, the Timezone element is // empty. Timezone content appears only for snapshots taken from Microsoft SQL // Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified. Timezone *string `type:"string"` // Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot. VpcId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBSnapshot) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBSnapshot) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBSnapshot { s.AllocatedStorage = &v return s } // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.AvailabilityZone = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBSnapshotArn sets the DBSnapshotArn field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSnapshotArn(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.DBSnapshotArn = &v return s } // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEncrypted(v bool) *DBSnapshot { s.Encrypted = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot { s.InstanceCreateTime = &v return s } // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetIops(v int64) *DBSnapshot { s.Iops = &v return s } // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.KmsKeyId = &v return s } // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.LicenseModel = &v return s } // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.MasterUsername = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBSnapshot { s.PercentProgress = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBSnapshot { s.Port = &v return s } // SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot { s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v return s } // SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.SnapshotType = &v return s } // SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSourceRegion(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.SourceRegion = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.Status = &v return s } // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStorageType(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.StorageType = &v return s } // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.TdeCredentialArn = &v return s } // SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTimezone(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.Timezone = &v return s } // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. func (s *DBSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSnapshot { s.VpcId = &v return s } // Contains the name and values of a manual DB snapshot attribute // // Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to // restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute // API. type DBSnapshotAttribute struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute. // // The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have // permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, // see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action. AttributeName *string `type:"string"` // The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute. // // If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a // list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the // manual DB snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual DB // snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore. AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. func (s *DBSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBSnapshotAttribute { s.AttributeName = &v return s } // SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value. func (s *DBSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBSnapshotAttribute { s.AttributeValues = v return s } // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes // API action. // // Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to // copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute // API action. type DBSnapshotAttributesResult struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot. DBSnapshotAttributes []*DBSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"` // The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to. DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSnapshotAttributes sets the DBSnapshotAttributes field's value. func (s *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBSnapshotAttribute) *DBSnapshotAttributesResult { s.DBSnapshotAttributes = v return s } // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshotAttributesResult { s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBSubnetGroup // // * ModifyDBSubnetGroup // // * DescribeDBSubnetGroups // // * DeleteDBSubnetGroup // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups // action. type DBSubnetGroup struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group. DBSubnetGroupArn *string `type:"string"` // Provides the description of the DB subnet group. DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` // The name of the DB subnet group. DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // Provides the status of the DB subnet group. SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` // Contains a list of Subnet elements. Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"` // Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. VpcId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DBSubnetGroup) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSubnetGroupArn sets the DBSubnetGroupArn field's value. func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupArn(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { s.DBSubnetGroupArn = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value. func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { s.SubnetGroupStatus = &v return s } // SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value. func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *DBSubnetGroup { s.Subnets = v return s } // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { s.VpcId = &v return s } type DeleteDBClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter // isn't case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created // when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false. // // Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter // to true results in an error. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster // is deleted. If true is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false // is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted. // // You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot // is false. // // Default: false SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterInput"} if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput { s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value. func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBClusterInput { s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v return s } type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBCluster // // * DeleteDBCluster // // * FailoverDBCluster // // * ModifyDBCluster // // * RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot // // * RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. func (s *DeleteDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *DeleteDBClusterOutput { s.DBCluster = v return s } type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. // // Constraints: // // * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. // // * You cannot delete a default DB cluster parameter group. // // * Cannot be associated with any DB clusters. // // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v return s } type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete. // // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the available // state. // // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput"} if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput { s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBClusterSnapshot // // * DeleteDBClusterSnapshot // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots // action. DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput { s.DBClusterSnapshot = v return s } type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter // isn't case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot // is set to false. // // Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter // to true results in an error. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // * Cannot be specified when deleting a Read Replica. FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance // is deleted. If true is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If false is specified, // a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted. // // Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed', // 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted // when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to "true". // // Specify true when deleting a Read Replica. // // The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalSnapshot // is false. // // Default: false SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBInstanceInput"} if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value. func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v return s } type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBInstance // // * DeleteDBInstance // // * ModifyDBInstance // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. func (s *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *DeleteDBInstanceOutput { s.DBInstance = v return s } type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB parameter group. // // Constraints: // // * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group // // * You cannot delete a default DB parameter group // // * Cannot be associated with any DB instances // // DBParameterGroupName is a required field DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBParameterGroupInput"} if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput { s.DBParameterGroupName = &v return s } type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB security group to delete. // // You cannot delete the default DB security group. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // * Must not be "Default" // // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput"} if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput { s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v return s } type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteDBSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The DBSnapshot identifier. // // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the available // state. // // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSnapshotInput"} if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBSnapshotInput { s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBSnapshot // // * DeleteDBSnapshot // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput { s.DBSnapshot = v return s } type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the database subnet group to delete. // // You cannot delete the default subnet group. // // Constraints: // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup // // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput"} if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete. // // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput"} if s.SubscriptionName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput { s.SubscriptionName = &v return s } type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions // action. EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput { s.EventSubscription = v return s } type DeleteOptionGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the option group to be deleted. // // You cannot delete default option groups. // // OptionGroupName is a required field OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteOptionGroupInput"} if s.OptionGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DeleteOptionGroupInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } type DeleteOptionGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Data returned by the DescribeAccountAttributes action. type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of AccountQuota objects. Within this list, each quota has a name, // a count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota. AccountQuotas []*AccountQuota `locationNameList:"AccountQuota" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAccountQuotas sets the AccountQuotas field's value. func (s *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) SetAccountQuotas(v []*AccountQuota) *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput { s.AccountQuotas = v return s } type DescribeCertificatesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified, // information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter // isn't case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeCertificatesInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput { s.CertificateIdentifier = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeCertificatesInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeCertificatesInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // Data returned by the DescribeCertificates action. type DescribeCertificatesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The list of Certificate objects for the AWS account. Certificates []*Certificate `locationNameList:"Certificate" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value. func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *DescribeCertificatesOutput { s.Certificates = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of DB cluster parameter groups. DBClusterParameterGroups []*DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterParameterGroups sets the DBClusterParameterGroups field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroups(v []*DBClusterParameterGroup) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput { s.DBClusterParameterGroups = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details // for. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter // sources can be engine, service, or customer. Source *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParametersInput"} if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) } if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // SetSource sets the Source field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { s.Source = &v return s } // Provides details about a DB cluster parameter group including the parameters // in the DB cluster parameter group. type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . Marker *string `type:"string"` // Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group. Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput { s.Parameters = v return s } type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for. // // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput"} if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput { s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes // API action. // // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput { s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v return s } type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for. // This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier // parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot // be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value // is stored as a lowercase string. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter // must also be specified. DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // Set this value to true to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public // and can be copied or restored by any AWS account, otherwise set this value // to false. The default is false. The default is false. // // You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute // API action. IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"` // Set this value to true to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from // other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy // or restore, otherwise set this value to false. The default is false. // // You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot // from another AWS account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the // following values: // // * automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically // taken by Amazon RDS for my AWS account. // // * manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my // AWS account. // // * shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared // to my AWS account. // // * public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public. // // If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual // DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots // with these results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can // include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic // parameter to true. // // The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType // values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply // when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply // when SnapshotType is set to public. SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { s.IncludePublic = &v return s } // SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { s.IncludeShared = &v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { s.SnapshotType = &v return s } // Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user as the result of a call // to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action. type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user. DBClusterSnapshots []*DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterSnapshots sets the DBClusterSnapshots field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshots(v []*DBClusterSnapshot) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput { s.DBClusterSnapshots = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } type DescribeDBClustersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified, // information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter // isn't case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request. // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClustersInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClustersInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClustersInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusters // action. type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains a list of DB clusters for the user. DBClusters []*DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"` // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusters request. Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusters sets the DBClusters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetDBClusters(v []*DBCluster) *DescribeDBClustersOutput { s.DBClusters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` // Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine // and major version combination is returned. DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"` // The database engine to return. Engine *string `type:"string"` // The database engine version to return. // // Example: 5.1.49 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // Not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the CharacterSetName // parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported // character sets for each engine version. ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"` // If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the TimeZone // parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported // time zones for each engine version. ListSupportedTimezones *bool `type:"boolean"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included // in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v return s } // SetDefaultOnly sets the DefaultOnly field's value. func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDefaultOnly(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { s.DefaultOnly = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetListSupportedCharacterSets sets the ListSupportedCharacterSets field's value. func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedCharacterSets(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { s.ListSupportedCharacterSets = &v return s } // SetListSupportedTimezones sets the ListSupportedTimezones field's value. func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedTimezones(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { s.ListSupportedTimezones = &v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBEngineVersions // action. type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of DBEngineVersion elements. DBEngineVersions []*DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBEngineVersions sets the DBEngineVersions field's value. func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetDBEngineVersions(v []*DBEngineVersion) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput { s.DBEngineVersions = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information // from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request. // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBInstancesInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstances // action. type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of DBInstance instances. DBInstances []*DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords . Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBInstances sets the DBInstances field's value. func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetDBInstances(v []*DBInstance) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput { s.DBInstances = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } // This data type is used as a response element to DescribeDBLogFiles. type DescribeDBLogFilesDetails struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written. LastWritten *int64 `type:"long"` // The name of the log file for the specified DB instance. LogFileName *string `type:"string"` // The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance. Size *int64 `type:"long"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetLastWritten sets the LastWritten field's value. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetLastWritten(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails { s.LastWritten = &v return s } // SetLogFileName sets the LogFileName field's value. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetLogFileName(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails { s.LogFileName = &v return s } // SetSize sets the Size field's value. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetSize(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails { s.Size = &v return s } type DescribeDBLogFilesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files // you want to list. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date, // in POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds. FileLastWritten *int64 `type:"long"` // Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size. FileSize *int64 `type:"long"` // Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the specified // string. FilenameContains *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter // is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBLogFilesInput"} if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) } if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetFileLastWritten sets the FileLastWritten field's value. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFileLastWritten(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { s.FileLastWritten = &v return s } // SetFileSize sets the FileSize field's value. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFileSize(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { s.FileSize = &v return s } // SetFilenameContains sets the FilenameContains field's value. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFilenameContains(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { s.FilenameContains = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // The response from a call to DescribeDBLogFiles. type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The DB log files returned. DescribeDBLogFiles []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails `locationNameList:"DescribeDBLogFilesDetails" type:"list"` // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBLogFiles request. Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDescribeDBLogFiles sets the DescribeDBLogFiles field's value. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) SetDescribeDBLogFiles(v []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput { s.DescribeDBLogFiles = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { s.DBParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameterGroups // action. type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of DBParameterGroup instances. DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroup) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput { s.DBParameterGroups = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } type DescribeDBParametersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // DBParameterGroupName is a required field DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The parameter types to return. // // Default: All parameter types returned // // Valid Values: user | system | engine-default Source *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParametersInput"} if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) } if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { s.DBParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParametersInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParametersInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // SetSource sets the Source field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { s.Source = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameters // action. type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // A list of Parameter values. Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBParametersOutput { s.Parameters = v return s } type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB security group to return details for. DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSecurityGroups // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSecurityGroups // action. type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of DBSecurityGroup instances. DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroup) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput { s.DBSecurityGroups = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier for the DB snapshot to describe the attributes for. // // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput"} if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput { s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes // API action. // // Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to // copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute // API action. DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput { s.DBSnapshotAttributesResult = v return s } type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This // parameter cannot be used in conjunction with DBSnapshotIdentifier. This parameter // is not case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot be used // in conjunction with DBInstanceIdentifier. This value is stored as a lowercase // string. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter // must also be specified. DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // Set this value to true to include manual DB snapshots that are public and // can be copied or restored by any AWS account, otherwise set this value to // false. The default is false. // // You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute // API. IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"` // Set this value to true to include shared manual DB snapshots from other AWS // accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, // otherwise set this value to false. The default is false. // // You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from // another AWS account by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action. IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshots request. // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The type of snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following // values: // // * automated - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically taken // by Amazon RDS for my AWS account. // // * manual - Return all DB snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account. // // * shared - Return all manual DB snapshots that have been shared to my // AWS account. // // * public - Return all DB snapshots that have been marked as public. // // If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual // snapshots are returned. Shared and public DB snapshots are not included in // the returned results by default. You can include shared snapshots with these // results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can include public // snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic parameter to true. // // The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType // values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply // when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply // when SnapshotType is set to public. SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { s.IncludePublic = &v return s } // SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { s.IncludeShared = &v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { s.SnapshotType = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSnapshots // action. type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of DBSnapshot instances. DBSnapshots []*DBSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBSnapshot" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSnapshots sets the DBSnapshots field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) SetDBSnapshots(v []*DBSnapshot) *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput { s.DBSnapshots = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB subnet group to return details for. DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSubnetGroups // action. type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of DBSubnetGroup instances. DBSubnetGroups []*DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSubnetGroups sets the DBSubnetGroups field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetDBSubnetGroups(v []*DBSubnetGroup) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput { s.DBSubnetGroups = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter // information for. // // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput"} if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) } if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters // action. EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value. func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput { s.EngineDefaults = v return s } type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB parameter group family. // // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultParameters // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput"} if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) } if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters // action. EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value. func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput { s.EngineDefaults = v return s } type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // The type of source that will be generating the events. // // Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot SourceType *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventCategoriesInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput { s.SourceType = &v return s } // Data returned from the DescribeEventCategories action. type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of EventCategoriesMap data types. EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEventCategoriesMapList sets the EventCategoriesMapList field's value. func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoriesMapList(v []*EventCategoriesMap) *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput { s.EventCategoriesMapList = v return s } type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe. SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { s.SubscriptionName = &v return s } // Data returned by the DescribeEventSubscriptions action. type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of EventSubscriptions data types. EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEventSubscriptionsList sets the EventSubscriptionsList field's value. func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetEventSubscriptionsList(v []*EventSubscription) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { s.EventSubscriptionsList = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } type DescribeEventsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The number of minutes to retrieve events for. // // Default: 60 Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` // The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) // // Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification // subscription. EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request. // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If // not specified, then all sources are included in the response. // // Constraints: // // * If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided. // // * If the source type is DBInstance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be // supplied. // // * If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a DBSecurityGroupName must be // supplied. // // * If the source type is DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must // be supplied. // // * If the source type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied. // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events // are returned. SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` // The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) // // Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput { s.Duration = &v return s } // SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value. func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput { s.EndTime = &v return s } // SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *DescribeEventsInput { s.EventCategories = v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { s.SourceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { s.SourceType = &v return s } // SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput { s.StartTime = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEvents action. type DescribeEventsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of Event instances. Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this // parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, // up to the value specified by MaxRecords . Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents(v []*Event) *DescribeEventsOutput { s.Events = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name will be // described. // // EngineName is a required field EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified // major engine version. MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput"} if s.EngineName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName")) } if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetEngineName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { s.EngineName = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { s.MajorEngineVersion = &v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // List of available option group options. OptionGroupOptions []*OptionGroupOption `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOption" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupOptions sets the OptionGroupOptions field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) SetOptionGroupOptions(v []*OptionGroupOption) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput { s.OptionGroupOptions = v return s } type DescribeOptionGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with // a specific database engine. EngineName *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with // a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also // be specified. MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The name of the option group to describe. Cannot be supplied together with // EngineName or MajorEngineVersion. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetEngineName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { s.EngineName = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { s.MajorEngineVersion = &v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // List of option groups. type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // List of option groups. OptionGroupsList []*OptionGroup `locationNameList:"OptionGroup" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupsList sets the OptionGroupsList field's value. func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) SetOptionGroupsList(v []*OptionGroup) *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput { s.OptionGroupsList = v return s } type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the // available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for. // // Engine is a required field Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the // available offerings matching the specified engine version. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available // offerings matching the specified license model. LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available VPC // or non-VPC offerings. Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput"} if s.Engine == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) } if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { s.LicenseModel = &v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetVpc(v bool) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { s.Vpc = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions // action. type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . Marker *string `type:"string"` // An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable // options for the DB instance. OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions sets the OrderableDBInstanceOptions field's value. func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions(v []*OrderableDBInstanceOption) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput { s.OrderableDBInstanceOptions = v return s } type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance // actions for. // // Supported filters: // // * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance // actions for the DB instances identified by these ARNs. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for. ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { s.ResourceIdentifier = &v return s } // Data returned from the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions action. type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource. PendingMaintenanceActions []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetPendingMaintenanceActions sets the PendingMaintenanceActions field's value. func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetPendingMaintenanceActions(v []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput { s.PendingMaintenanceActions = v return s } type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those // reservations matching the specified DB instances class. DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter // to show only reservations for this duration. // // Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000 Duration *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included // in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those reservations // matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` // The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available // offerings matching the specified offering type. // // Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront" OfferingType *string `type:"string"` // The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only // those reservations matching the specified product description. ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` // The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter // to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID. ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"` // The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only // purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier. ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetDuration(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { s.Duration = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { s.MultiAZ = &v return s } // SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { s.OfferingType = &v return s } // SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { s.ProductDescription = &v return s } // SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v return s } // SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v return s } type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the // available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter // to show only reservations for this duration. // // Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000 Duration *string `type:"string"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included // in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available // offerings matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` // The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available // offerings matching the specified offering type. // // Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront" OfferingType *string `type:"string"` // Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the // available offerings matching the specified product description. ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` // The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only // the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier. // // Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDuration(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { s.Duration = &v return s } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { s.MultiAZ = &v return s } // SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { s.OfferingType = &v return s } // SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { s.ProductDescription = &v return s } // SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings // action. type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // A list of reserved DB instance offerings. ReservedDBInstancesOfferings []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstancesOffering" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetReservedDBInstancesOfferings sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferings field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferings(v []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput { s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferings = v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstances // action. type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // A list of reserved DB instances. ReservedDBInstances []*ReservedDBInstance `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstance" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetReservedDBInstances sets the ReservedDBInstances field's value. func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) SetReservedDBInstances(v []*ReservedDBInstance) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput { s.ReservedDBInstances = v return s } type DescribeSourceRegionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeSourceRegions // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // // Default: 100 // // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The source region name. For example, us-east-1. // // Constraints: // // * Must specify a valid AWS Region name. RegionName *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSourceRegionsInput"} if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { s.MaxRecords = &v return s } // SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value. func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetRegionName(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { s.RegionName = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeSourceRegions // action. type DescribeSourceRegionsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to // the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` // A list of SourceRegion instances that contains each source AWS Region that // the current region can get a Read Replica or a DB snapshot from. SourceRegions []*SourceRegion `locationNameList:"SourceRegion" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetSourceRegions sets the SourceRegions field's value. func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) SetSourceRegions(v []*SourceRegion) *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput { s.SourceRegions = v return s } // An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with the DB instance. type DomainMembership struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the Active Directory Domain. Domain *string `type:"string"` // The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain. FQDN *string `type:"string"` // The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory // Service. IAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` // The status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such // as joined, pending-join, failed etc). Status *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DomainMembership) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DomainMembership) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. func (s *DomainMembership) SetDomain(v string) *DomainMembership { s.Domain = &v return s } // SetFQDN sets the FQDN field's value. func (s *DomainMembership) SetFQDN(v string) *DomainMembership { s.FQDN = &v return s } // SetIAMRoleName sets the IAMRoleName field's value. func (s *DomainMembership) SetIAMRoleName(v string) *DomainMembership { s.IAMRoleName = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *DomainMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DomainMembership { s.Status = &v return s } type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files // you want to list. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the log file to be downloaded. // // LogFileName is a required field LogFileName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker // parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker // until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified results // in a file over 1 MB in size, the file will be truncated at 1 MB in size. // // If the NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines returned // can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on the value // of the Marker parameter. // // * If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the entire log file // is returned up to a maximum of 10000 lines, starting with the most recent // log entries first. // // * If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker is not specified, then the // most recent lines from the end of the log file are returned. // // * If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from // the beginning of the log file are returned. // // * You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size // of the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value // of "0" for the Marker parameter in your first request. Include the Marker // value returned in the response as the Marker value for the next request, // continuing until the AdditionalDataPending response element returns false. NumberOfLines *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput"} if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) } if s.LogFileName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LogFileName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetLogFileName sets the LogFileName field's value. func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetLogFileName(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { s.LogFileName = &v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetMarker(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetNumberOfLines sets the NumberOfLines field's value. func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetNumberOfLines(v int64) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { s.NumberOfLines = &v return s } // This data type is used as a response element to DownloadDBLogFilePortion. type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded. AdditionalDataPending *bool `type:"boolean"` // Entries from the specified log file. LogFileData *string `type:"string"` // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DownloadDBLogFilePortion // request. Marker *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAdditionalDataPending sets the AdditionalDataPending field's value. func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetAdditionalDataPending(v bool) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput { s.AdditionalDataPending = &v return s } // SetLogFileData sets the LogFileData field's value. func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetLogFileData(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput { s.LogFileData = &v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } // This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: // // * AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress // // * DescribeDBSecurityGroups // // * RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress type EC2SecurityGroup struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the id of the EC2 security group. EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the name of the EC2 security group. EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in // the EC2SecurityGroupName field. EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` // Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing", // "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". Status *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s EC2SecurityGroup) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value. func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v return s } // SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value. func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v return s } // SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value. func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetStatus(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { s.Status = &v return s } // This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: // // * CreateDBInstance // // * DescribeDBInstances // // * DeleteDBInstance type Endpoint struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. Address *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation func (s Endpoint) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s Endpoint) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAddress sets the Address field's value. func (s *Endpoint) SetAddress(v string) *Endpoint { s.Address = &v return s } // SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value. func (s *Endpoint) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *Endpoint { s.HostedZoneId = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *Endpoint) SetPort(v int64) *Endpoint { s.Port = &v return s } // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters // action. type EngineDefaults struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default // parameters apply to. DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request. // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . Marker *string `type:"string"` // Contains a list of engine default parameters. Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s EngineDefaults) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s EngineDefaults) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. func (s *EngineDefaults) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *EngineDefaults { s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *EngineDefaults) SetMarker(v string) *EngineDefaults { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. func (s *EngineDefaults) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *EngineDefaults { s.Parameters = v return s } // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents action. type Event struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the date and time of the event. Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Specifies the category for the event. EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` // Provides the text of this event. Message *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event. SourceArn *string `type:"string"` // Provides the identifier for the source of the event. SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the source type for this event. SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` } // String returns the string representation func (s Event) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s Event) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDate sets the Date field's value. func (s *Event) SetDate(v time.Time) *Event { s.Date = &v return s } // SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. func (s *Event) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *Event { s.EventCategories = v return s } // SetMessage sets the Message field's value. func (s *Event) SetMessage(v string) *Event { s.Message = &v return s } // SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value. func (s *Event) SetSourceArn(v string) *Event { s.SourceArn = &v return s } // SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. func (s *Event) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *Event { s.SourceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. func (s *Event) SetSourceType(v string) *Event { s.SourceType = &v return s } // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventCategories // action. type EventCategoriesMap struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The event categories for the specified source type EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` // The source type that the returned categories belong to SourceType *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *EventCategoriesMap { s.EventCategories = v return s } // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetSourceType(v string) *EventCategoriesMap { s.SourceType = &v return s } // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions // action. type EventSubscription struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The RDS event notification subscription Id. CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"` // The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification subscription. CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"` // A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates // the subscription is enabled. Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` // A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription. EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription. EventSubscriptionArn *string `type:"string"` // The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription. SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"` // A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription. SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"` // The source type for the RDS event notification subscription. SourceType *string `type:"string"` // The status of the RDS event notification subscription. // // Constraints: // // Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission // | topic-not-exist // // The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to // post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic // was deleted after the subscription was created. Status *string `type:"string"` // The time the RDS event notification subscription was created. SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s EventSubscription) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCustSubscriptionId sets the CustSubscriptionId field's value. func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustSubscriptionId(v string) *EventSubscription { s.CustSubscriptionId = &v return s } // SetCustomerAwsId sets the CustomerAwsId field's value. func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustomerAwsId(v string) *EventSubscription { s.CustomerAwsId = &v return s } // SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. func (s *EventSubscription) SetEnabled(v bool) *EventSubscription { s.Enabled = &v return s } // SetEventCategoriesList sets the EventCategoriesList field's value. func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventCategoriesList(v []*string) *EventSubscription { s.EventCategoriesList = v return s } // SetEventSubscriptionArn sets the EventSubscriptionArn field's value. func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventSubscriptionArn(v string) *EventSubscription { s.EventSubscriptionArn = &v return s } // SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. func (s *EventSubscription) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *EventSubscription { s.SnsTopicArn = &v return s } // SetSourceIdsList sets the SourceIdsList field's value. func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceIdsList(v []*string) *EventSubscription { s.SourceIdsList = v return s } // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceType(v string) *EventSubscription { s.SourceType = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *EventSubscription) SetStatus(v string) *EventSubscription { s.Status = &v return s } // SetSubscriptionCreationTime sets the SubscriptionCreationTime field's value. func (s *EventSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreationTime(v string) *EventSubscription { s.SubscriptionCreationTime = &v return s } type FailoverDBClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter is not case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance. // // You must specify the instance identifier for an Aurora Replica in the DB // cluster. For example, mydbcluster-replica1. TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput { s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBCluster // // * DeleteDBCluster // // * FailoverDBCluster // // * ModifyDBCluster // // * RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot // // * RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. func (s *FailoverDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *FailoverDBClusterOutput { s.DBCluster = v return s } // This type is not currently supported. type Filter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // This parameter is not currently supported. // // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is not currently supported. // // Values is a required field Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s Filter) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s Filter) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *Filter) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Filter"} if s.Name == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) } if s.Values == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *Filter) SetName(v string) *Filter { s.Name = &v return s } // SetValues sets the Values field's value. func (s *Filter) SetValues(v []*string) *Filter { s.Values = v return s } // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups // action. type IPRange struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the IP range. CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", // "revoking", and "revoked". Status *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s IPRange) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s IPRange) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value. func (s *IPRange) SetCIDRIP(v string) *IPRange { s.CIDRIP = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *IPRange) SetStatus(v string) *IPRange { s.Status = &v return s } type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // This parameter is not currently supported. Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource // Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). // // ResourceName is a required field ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"} if s.ResourceName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) } if s.Filters != nil { for i, v := range s.Filters { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *ListTagsForResourceInput { s.Filters = v return s } // SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { s.ResourceName = &v return s } type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation. TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetTagList sets the TagList field's value. func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { s.TagList = v return s } type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any // pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless // of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter // is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance // window. // // The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the NewDBClusterIdentifier and // MasterUserPassword values. If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value // to false, then changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword // values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes // are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately // parameter. // // Default: false ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify // a minimum value of 1. // // Default: 1 // // Constraints: // // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` // The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter // is not case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must be the identifier for an existing DB cluster. // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster. DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The new password for the master database user. This password can contain // any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". // // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` // The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster. // This value is stored as a lowercase string. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-cluster2 NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the // specified option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage // except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. // If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this // change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections // are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. // // Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option group // cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections. // // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 // // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. // // Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time // per region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred // Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Constraints: // // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. // // * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). // // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. // // * Must be at least 30 minutes. PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal // Coordinated Time (UTC). // // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi // // Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time // per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks // available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun // // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` // A lst of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to. VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterInput"} if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { s.ApplyImmediately = &v return s } // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v return s } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { s.MasterUserPassword = &v return s } // SetNewDBClusterIdentifier sets the NewDBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetNewDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { s.NewDBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { s.Port = &v return s } // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v return s } // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v return s } // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v return s } type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBCluster // // * DeleteDBCluster // // * FailoverDBCluster // // * ModifyDBCluster // // * RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot // // * RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *ModifyDBClusterOutput { s.DBCluster = v return s } type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify. // // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify. // // Parameters is a required field Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) } if s.Parameters == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.Parameters = v return s } type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify. // // To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual // DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore. // // AttributeName is a required field AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for. // // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified // by AttributeName. // // To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, // set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the // manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the // all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information // that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified // by AttributeName. // // To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual // DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, // or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the // DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID // is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a // manual DB cluster snapshot. ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput"} if s.AttributeName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName")) } if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { s.AttributeName = &v return s } // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { s.ValuesToAdd = v return s } // SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { s.ValuesToRemove = v return s } type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes // API action. // // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput { s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v return s } type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The new storage capacity of the RDS instance. Changing this setting does // not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance // window unless ApplyImmediately is set to true for this request. // // MySQL // // Default: Uses existing setting // // Valid Values: 5-6144 // // Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current // value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are // rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. // // Type: Integer // // MariaDB // // Default: Uses existing setting // // Valid Values: 5-6144 // // Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current // value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are // rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. // // Type: Integer // // PostgreSQL // // Default: Uses existing setting // // Valid Values: 5-6144 // // Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current // value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are // rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. // // Type: Integer // // Oracle // // Default: Uses existing setting // // Valid Values: 10-6144 // // Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current // value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are // rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. // // SQL Server // // Cannot be modified. // // If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to // using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard // storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends // on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard // or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number // of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, // but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, // the DB instance will be available for use, but might experience performance // degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance // will be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the // instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting // the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB // snapshot of the instance. AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` // Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter // does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as // soon as possible. // // Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value for // the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB // instance's current version. AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` // Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications // are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow // setting for the DB instance. // // If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied // during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage // and will be applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure // reboot. Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance and Using // the Apply Immediately Parameter (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html) // to see the impact that setting ApplyImmediately to true or false has for // each modified parameter and to determine when the changes will be applied. // // Default: false ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the // DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter does not // result in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously // applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set // to true during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available, // and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version. AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` // The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to // a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated // backups. // // Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to a // non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are applied during // the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set // to true for this request. If you change the parameter from one non-zero value // to another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied as soon as // possible. // // Default: Uses existing setting // // Constraints: // // * Must be a value from 0 to 35 // // * Can be specified for a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running // MySQL 5.6 // // * Can be specified for a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the source is // running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 // // * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` // Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance. CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance; // otherwise false. The default is false. CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` // The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance. To determine the // instance classes that are available for a particular DB engine, use the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions // action. // // Passing a value for this setting causes an outage during the change and is // applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately is specified // as true for this request. // // Default: Uses existing setting // // Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge // | db.m2.xlarge | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large // | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge // | db.m4.4xlarge | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge // | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium // | db.t2.large DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. // // Constraints: // // * Must be the identifier for an existing DB instance // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing // this setting does not result in an outage. The parameter group name itself // is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied // until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT // be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during // the next maintenance window. // // Default: Uses existing setting // // Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group // family as this DB instance. DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The port number on which the database accepts connections. // // The value of the DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values // specified for options in the option group for the DB instance. // // Your database will restart when you change the DBPortNumber value regardless // of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. // // MySQL // // Default: 3306 // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 // // MariaDB // // Default: 3306 // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 // // PostgreSQL // // Default: 5432 // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 // // Type: Integer // // Oracle // // Default: 1521 // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 // // SQL Server // // Default: 1433 // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152 through // 49156. // // Amazon Aurora // // Default: 3306 // // Valid Values: 1150-65535 DBPortNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` // A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this // setting does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied // as soon as possible. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` // The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to // move your DB instance to a different VPC. If your DB instance is not in a // VPC, you can also use this parameter to move your DB instance into a VPC. // For more information, see Updating the VPC for a DB Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html#USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC). // // Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change // is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you specify true for // the ApplyImmediately parameter. // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. // // Example: mySubnetGroup DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The Active Directory Domain to move the instance to. Specify none to remove // the instance from its current domain. The domain must be created prior to // this operation. Currently only a Microsoft SQL Server instance can be created // in a Active Directory Domain. Domain *string `type:"string"` // The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service. DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` // The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter // results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. // // For major version upgrades, if a non-default DB parameter group is currently // in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the // new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the // default for that DB parameter group family. // // For a list of valid engine versions, see CreateDBInstance. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance. // Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change is applied // during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter // is set to true for this request. // // Default: Uses existing setting // // Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current // value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are // rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. If you are // migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard storage, set this value to 0. // The DB instance will require a reboot for the change in storage type to take // effect. // // SQL Server // // Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported. // // Type: Integer // // If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to // using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard // storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends // on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard // or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number // of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, // but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, // the DB instance will be available for use, but might experience performance // degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance // will be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the // instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting // the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB // snapshot of the instance. Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` // The license model for the DB instance. // // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` // The new password for the DB instance master user. Can be any printable ASCII // character except "/", """, or "@". // // Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously // applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion // of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues // element of the operation response. // // Default: Uses existing setting // // Constraints: Must be 8 to 41 alphanumeric characters (MySQL, MariaDB, and // Amazon Aurora), 8 to 30 alphanumeric characters (Oracle), or 8 to 128 alphanumeric // characters (SQL Server). // // Amazon RDS API actions never return the password, so this action provides // a way to regain access to a primary instance user if the password is lost. // This includes restoring privileges that might have been accidentally revoked. MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. // // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval // to a value other than 0. // // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics // to CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. // For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role // for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole). // // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply // a MonitoringRoleArn value. MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter // does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. // // Constraints: Cannot be specified if the DB instance is a Read Replica. MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` // The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance. // When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will occur // immediately if you set Apply Immediately to true, or will occur during the // next maintenance window if Apply Immediately to false. This value is stored // as a lowercase string. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option // group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in the // following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window // unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. If // the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change // can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected // but existing connections are not interrupted. // // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, // cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated // backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. // Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously // applied as soon as possible. // // Constraints: // // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi // // * Times should be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) // // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window // // * Must be at least 30 minutes PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` // The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, // which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter does not result // in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously // applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, // and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing // this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window // to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current // time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied. // // Default: Uses existing setting // // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi // // Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun // // Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance). // // Default: 1 // // Valid Values: 0 - 15 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` // Boolean value that indicates if the DB instance has a publicly resolvable // DNS name. Set to True to make the DB instance Internet-facing with a publicly // resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. Set to False // to make the DB instance internal with a DNS name that resolves to a private // IP address. // // PubliclyAccessible only applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance // must be part of a public subnet and PubliclyAccessible must be true in order // for it to be publicly accessible. // // Changes to the PubliclyAccessible parameter are applied immediately regardless // of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. // // Default: false PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. // // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 // // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. // // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard StorageType *string `type:"string"` // The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` // The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the // device. TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This // change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBInstanceInput"} if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.AllocatedStorage = &v return s } // SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v return s } // SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.ApplyImmediately = &v return s } // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v return s } // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v return s } // SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v return s } // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.DBParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetDBPortNumber sets the DBPortNumber field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBPortNumber(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.DBPortNumber = &v return s } // SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.DBSecurityGroups = v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.Domain = &v return s } // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.Iops = &v return s } // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.LicenseModel = &v return s } // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.MasterUserPassword = &v return s } // SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.MonitoringInterval = &v return s } // SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v return s } // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.MultiAZ = &v return s } // SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier sets the NewDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.NewDBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v return s } // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v return s } // SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.PromotionTier = &v return s } // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.PubliclyAccessible = &v return s } // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.StorageType = &v return s } // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.TdeCredentialArn = &v return s } // SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v return s } // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v return s } type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBInstance // // * DeleteDBInstance // // * ModifyDBInstance // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. func (s *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *ModifyDBInstanceOutput { s.DBInstance = v return s } type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB parameter group. // // Constraints: // // * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // DBParameterGroupName is a required field DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter // update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied; // subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified // in a single request. // // Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot // // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes // are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover. // // Parameters is a required field Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBParameterGroupInput"} if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) } if s.Parameters == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput { s.DBParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput { s.Parameters = v return s } type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB snapshot attribute to modify. // // To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual // DB snapshot, set this value to restore. // // AttributeName is a required field AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for. // // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName. // // To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual snapshot, set // this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the manual // DB snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the all value for any // manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want // available to all AWS accounts. ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` // A list of DB snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by // AttributeName. // // To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual // snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, or // all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB // snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID is explicitly // added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput"} if s.AttributeName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName")) } if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { s.AttributeName = &v return s } // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value. func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { s.ValuesToAdd = v return s } // SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value. func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { s.ValuesToRemove = v return s } type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes // API action. // // Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to // copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute // API action. DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput { s.DBSnapshotAttributesResult = v return s } type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The description for the DB subnet group. DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup // // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. // // SubnetIds is a required field SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput"} if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) } if s.SubnetIds == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { s.SubnetIds = v return s } type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBSubnetGroup // // * ModifyDBSubnetGroup // // * DescribeDBSubnetGroups // // * DeleteDBSubnetGroup // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups // action. DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput { s.DBSubnetGroup = v return s } type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription. Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` // A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. // You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) // topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories // action. EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to // it. SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"` // The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you // want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this // parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are // returned. // // Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot SourceType *string `type:"string"` // The name of the RDS event notification subscription. // // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput"} if s.SubscriptionName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { s.Enabled = &v return s } // SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { s.EventCategories = v return s } // SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { s.SnsTopicArn = &v return s } // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { s.SourceType = &v return s } // SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { s.SubscriptionName = &v return s } type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions // action. EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput { s.EventSubscription = v return s } type ModifyOptionGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately, or during the // next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option group. ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` // The name of the option group to be modified. // // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, // cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance // // OptionGroupName is a required field OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present, // the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration. OptionsToInclude []*OptionConfiguration `locationNameList:"OptionConfiguration" type:"list"` // Options in this list are removed from the option group. OptionsToRemove []*string `type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyOptionGroupInput"} if s.OptionGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName")) } if s.OptionsToInclude != nil { for i, v := range s.OptionsToInclude { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OptionsToInclude", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { s.ApplyImmediately = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetOptionsToInclude sets the OptionsToInclude field's value. func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionsToInclude(v []*OptionConfiguration) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { s.OptionsToInclude = v return s } // SetOptionsToRemove sets the OptionsToRemove field's value. func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionsToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { s.OptionsToRemove = v return s } type ModifyOptionGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value. func (s *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *ModifyOptionGroupOutput { s.OptionGroup = v return s } // Option details. type Option struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows // access to the port. DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` // The description of the option. OptionDescription *string `type:"string"` // The name of the option. OptionName *string `type:"string"` // The option settings for this option. OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"` // The version of the option. OptionVersion *string `type:"string"` // Indicate if this option is permanent. Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicate if this option is persistent. Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"` // If required, the port configured for this option to use. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows // access to the port. VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s Option) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s Option) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships sets the DBSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. func (s *Option) SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *Option { s.DBSecurityGroupMemberships = v return s } // SetOptionDescription sets the OptionDescription field's value. func (s *Option) SetOptionDescription(v string) *Option { s.OptionDescription = &v return s } // SetOptionName sets the OptionName field's value. func (s *Option) SetOptionName(v string) *Option { s.OptionName = &v return s } // SetOptionSettings sets the OptionSettings field's value. func (s *Option) SetOptionSettings(v []*OptionSetting) *Option { s.OptionSettings = v return s } // SetOptionVersion sets the OptionVersion field's value. func (s *Option) SetOptionVersion(v string) *Option { s.OptionVersion = &v return s } // SetPermanent sets the Permanent field's value. func (s *Option) SetPermanent(v bool) *Option { s.Permanent = &v return s } // SetPersistent sets the Persistent field's value. func (s *Option) SetPersistent(v bool) *Option { s.Persistent = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *Option) SetPort(v int64) *Option { s.Port = &v return s } // SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships sets the VpcSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. func (s *Option) SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *Option { s.VpcSecurityGroupMemberships = v return s } // A list of all available options type OptionConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` // The configuration of options to include in a group. // // OptionName is a required field OptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The option settings to include in an option group. OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"` // The version for the option. OptionVersion *string `type:"string"` // The optional port for the option. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s OptionConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s OptionConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *OptionConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OptionConfiguration"} if s.OptionName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships sets the DBSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*string) *OptionConfiguration { s.DBSecurityGroupMemberships = v return s } // SetOptionName sets the OptionName field's value. func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionName(v string) *OptionConfiguration { s.OptionName = &v return s } // SetOptionSettings sets the OptionSettings field's value. func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionSettings(v []*OptionSetting) *OptionConfiguration { s.OptionSettings = v return s } // SetOptionVersion sets the OptionVersion field's value. func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionVersion(v string) *OptionConfiguration { s.OptionVersion = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetPort(v int64) *OptionConfiguration { s.Port = &v return s } // SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships sets the VpcSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*string) *OptionConfiguration { s.VpcSecurityGroupMemberships = v return s } type OptionGroup struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC // instances. The value true indicates the option group can be applied to both // VPC and non-VPC instances. AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to. EngineName *string `type:"string"` // Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group. MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the option group. OptionGroupArn *string `type:"string"` // Provides a description of the option group. OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the name of the option group. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // Indicates what options are available in the option group. Options []*Option `locationNameList:"Option" type:"list"` // If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is false, this field is blank. If // AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is true and this field is blank, then // this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this // field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances // that are in the VPC indicated by this field. VpcId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s OptionGroup) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s OptionGroup) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships sets the AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships field's value. func (s *OptionGroup) SetAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships(v bool) *OptionGroup { s.AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships = &v return s } // SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. func (s *OptionGroup) SetEngineName(v string) *OptionGroup { s.EngineName = &v return s } // SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. func (s *OptionGroup) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroup { s.MajorEngineVersion = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupArn sets the OptionGroupArn field's value. func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupArn(v string) *OptionGroup { s.OptionGroupArn = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupDescription sets the OptionGroupDescription field's value. func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *OptionGroup { s.OptionGroupDescription = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroup { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetOptions sets the Options field's value. func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptions(v []*Option) *OptionGroup { s.Options = v return s } // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. func (s *OptionGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *OptionGroup { s.VpcId = &v return s } // Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of. type OptionGroupMembership struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: // in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal, // applying, removing, and failed. Status *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s OptionGroupMembership) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s OptionGroupMembership) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroupMembership { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *OptionGroupMembership { s.Status = &v return s } // Available option. type OptionGroupOption struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option. DefaultPort *int64 `type:"integer"` // The description of the option. Description *string `type:"string"` // The name of the engine that this option can be applied to. EngineName *string `type:"string"` // Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for. MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied. MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The name of the option. Name *string `type:"string"` // The option settings that are available (and the default value) for each option // in an option group. OptionGroupOptionSettings []*OptionGroupOptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOptionSetting" type:"list"` // The versions that are available for the option. OptionGroupOptionVersions []*OptionVersion `locationNameList:"OptionVersion" type:"list"` // The options that conflict with this option. OptionsConflictsWith []*string `locationNameList:"OptionConflictName" type:"list"` // The options that are prerequisites for this option. OptionsDependedOn []*string `locationNameList:"OptionName" type:"list"` // Permanent options can never be removed from an option group. An option group // containing a permanent option can't be removed from a DB instance. Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"` // Persistent options can't be removed from an option group while DB instances // are associated with the option group. If you disassociate all DB instances // from the option group, your can remove the persistent option from the option // group. Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"` // Specifies whether the option requires a port. PortRequired *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation func (s OptionGroupOption) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s OptionGroupOption) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDefaultPort sets the DefaultPort field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetDefaultPort(v int64) *OptionGroupOption { s.DefaultPort = &v return s } // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetDescription(v string) *OptionGroupOption { s.Description = &v return s } // SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetEngineName(v string) *OptionGroupOption { s.EngineName = &v return s } // SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroupOption { s.MajorEngineVersion = &v return s } // SetMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion sets the MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroupOption { s.MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = &v return s } // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetName(v string) *OptionGroupOption { s.Name = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupOptionSettings sets the OptionGroupOptionSettings field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionGroupOptionSettings(v []*OptionGroupOptionSetting) *OptionGroupOption { s.OptionGroupOptionSettings = v return s } // SetOptionGroupOptionVersions sets the OptionGroupOptionVersions field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionGroupOptionVersions(v []*OptionVersion) *OptionGroupOption { s.OptionGroupOptionVersions = v return s } // SetOptionsConflictsWith sets the OptionsConflictsWith field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionsConflictsWith(v []*string) *OptionGroupOption { s.OptionsConflictsWith = v return s } // SetOptionsDependedOn sets the OptionsDependedOn field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionsDependedOn(v []*string) *OptionGroupOption { s.OptionsDependedOn = v return s } // SetPermanent sets the Permanent field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPermanent(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { s.Permanent = &v return s } // SetPersistent sets the Persistent field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPersistent(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { s.Persistent = &v return s } // SetPortRequired sets the PortRequired field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPortRequired(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { s.PortRequired = &v return s } // Option group option settings are used to display settings available for each // option with their default values and other information. These values are // used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action. type OptionGroupOptionSetting struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option. AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` // The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option. ApplyType *string `type:"string"` // The default value for the option group option. DefaultValue *string `type:"string"` // Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed // from the default value. IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` // The description of the option group option. SettingDescription *string `type:"string"` // The name of the option group option. SettingName *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetAllowedValues(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { s.AllowedValues = &v return s } // SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetApplyType(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { s.ApplyType = &v return s } // SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetDefaultValue(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { s.DefaultValue = &v return s } // SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { s.IsModifiable = &v return s } // SetSettingDescription sets the SettingDescription field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetSettingDescription(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { s.SettingDescription = &v return s } // SetSettingName sets the SettingName field's value. func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetSettingName(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { s.SettingName = &v return s } // Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for that // option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe option groups. // For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER // that can have several different values. type OptionSetting struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The allowed values of the option setting. AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` // The DB engine specific parameter type. ApplyType *string `type:"string"` // The data type of the option setting. DataType *string `type:"string"` // The default value of the option setting. DefaultValue *string `type:"string"` // The description of the option setting. Description *string `type:"string"` // Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection. IsCollection *bool `type:"boolean"` // A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified // from the default. IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` // The name of the option that has settings that you can set. Name *string `type:"string"` // The current value of the option setting. Value *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s OptionSetting) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s OptionSetting) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. func (s *OptionSetting) SetAllowedValues(v string) *OptionSetting { s.AllowedValues = &v return s } // SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. func (s *OptionSetting) SetApplyType(v string) *OptionSetting { s.ApplyType = &v return s } // SetDataType sets the DataType field's value. func (s *OptionSetting) SetDataType(v string) *OptionSetting { s.DataType = &v return s } // SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value. func (s *OptionSetting) SetDefaultValue(v string) *OptionSetting { s.DefaultValue = &v return s } // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. func (s *OptionSetting) SetDescription(v string) *OptionSetting { s.Description = &v return s } // SetIsCollection sets the IsCollection field's value. func (s *OptionSetting) SetIsCollection(v bool) *OptionSetting { s.IsCollection = &v return s } // SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. func (s *OptionSetting) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *OptionSetting { s.IsModifiable = &v return s } // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *OptionSetting) SetName(v string) *OptionSetting { s.Name = &v return s } // SetValue sets the Value field's value. func (s *OptionSetting) SetValue(v string) *OptionSetting { s.Value = &v return s } // The version for an option. Option group option versions are returned by the // DescribeOptionGroupOptions action. type OptionVersion struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // True if the version is the default version of the option; otherwise, false. IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"` // The version of the option. Version *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s OptionVersion) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s OptionVersion) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value. func (s *OptionVersion) SetIsDefault(v bool) *OptionVersion { s.IsDefault = &v return s } // SetVersion sets the Version field's value. func (s *OptionVersion) SetVersion(v string) *OptionVersion { s.Version = &v return s } // Contains a list of available options for a DB instance // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions // action. type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of Availability Zones for the orderable DB instance. AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` // The DB instance class for the orderable DB instance. DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // The engine type of the orderable DB instance. Engine *string `type:"string"` // The engine version of the orderable DB instance. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The license model for the orderable DB instance. LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether this orderable DB instance is multi-AZ capable. MultiAZCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates whether this orderable DB instance can have a Read Replica. ReadReplicaCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates the storage type for this orderable DB instance. StorageType *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether the DB instance supports enhanced monitoring at intervals // from 1 to 60 seconds. SupportsEnhancedMonitoring *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. SupportsIops *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports encrypted storage. SupportsStorageEncryption *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates whether this is a VPC orderable DB instance. Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { s.AvailabilityZones = v return s } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngine(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngineVersion(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetLicenseModel(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { s.LicenseModel = &v return s } // SetMultiAZCapable sets the MultiAZCapable field's value. func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMultiAZCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { s.MultiAZCapable = &v return s } // SetReadReplicaCapable sets the ReadReplicaCapable field's value. func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetReadReplicaCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { s.ReadReplicaCapable = &v return s } // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetStorageType(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { s.StorageType = &v return s } // SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring sets the SupportsEnhancedMonitoring field's value. func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { s.SupportsEnhancedMonitoring = &v return s } // SetSupportsIops sets the SupportsIops field's value. func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIops(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { s.SupportsIops = &v return s } // SetSupportsStorageEncryption sets the SupportsStorageEncryption field's value. func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsStorageEncryption(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { s.SupportsStorageEncryption = &v return s } // SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetVpc(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { s.Vpc = &v return s } // This data type is used as a request parameter in the ModifyDBParameterGroup // and ResetDBParameterGroup actions. // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters // and DescribeDBParameters actions. type Parameter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` // Indicates when to apply parameter updates. ApplyMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplyMethod"` // Specifies the engine specific parameters type. ApplyType *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. DataType *string `type:"string"` // Provides a description of the parameter. Description *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some // parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from // being changed. IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` // The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the name of the parameter. ParameterName *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the value of the parameter. ParameterValue *string `type:"string"` // Indicates the source of the parameter value. Source *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s Parameter) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s Parameter) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. func (s *Parameter) SetAllowedValues(v string) *Parameter { s.AllowedValues = &v return s } // SetApplyMethod sets the ApplyMethod field's value. func (s *Parameter) SetApplyMethod(v string) *Parameter { s.ApplyMethod = &v return s } // SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. func (s *Parameter) SetApplyType(v string) *Parameter { s.ApplyType = &v return s } // SetDataType sets the DataType field's value. func (s *Parameter) SetDataType(v string) *Parameter { s.DataType = &v return s } // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. func (s *Parameter) SetDescription(v string) *Parameter { s.Description = &v return s } // SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. func (s *Parameter) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *Parameter { s.IsModifiable = &v return s } // SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value. func (s *Parameter) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *Parameter { s.MinimumEngineVersion = &v return s } // SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value. func (s *Parameter) SetParameterName(v string) *Parameter { s.ParameterName = &v return s } // SetParameterValue sets the ParameterValue field's value. func (s *Parameter) SetParameterValue(v string) *Parameter { s.ParameterValue = &v return s } // SetSource sets the Source field's value. func (s *Parameter) SetSource(v string) *Parameter { s.Source = &v return s } // Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource. type PendingMaintenanceAction struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource. Action *string `type:"string"` // The date of the maintenance window when the action will be applied. The maintenance // action will be applied to the resource during its first maintenance window // after this date. If this date is specified, any next-maintenance opt-in requests // are ignored. AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The effective date when the pending maintenance action will be applied to // the resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from // the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the AutoAppliedAfterDate, and the // ForcedApplyDate. This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received // and nothing has been specified as AutoAppliedAfterDate or ForcedApplyDate. CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // A description providing more detail about the maintenance action. Description *string `type:"string"` // The date when the maintenance action will be automatically applied. The maintenance // action will be applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance // window for the resource. If this date is specified, any immediate opt-in // requests are ignored. ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource. OptInStatus *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAction sets the Action field's value. func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAction(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { s.Action = &v return s } // SetAutoAppliedAfterDate sets the AutoAppliedAfterDate field's value. func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAutoAppliedAfterDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { s.AutoAppliedAfterDate = &v return s } // SetCurrentApplyDate sets the CurrentApplyDate field's value. func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetCurrentApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { s.CurrentApplyDate = &v return s } // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetDescription(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { s.Description = &v return s } // SetForcedApplyDate sets the ForcedApplyDate field's value. func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetForcedApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { s.ForcedApplyDate = &v return s } // SetOptInStatus sets the OptInStatus field's value. func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetOptInStatus(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { s.OptInStatus = &v return s } // This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance action. type PendingModifiedValues struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be applied // or is in progress. AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained. BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance. CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied // or is in progress. DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be applied // or is in progress. DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // Indicates the database engine version. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be // applied or is being applied. Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` // The license model for the DB instance. // // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` // Contains the pending or in-progress change of the master credentials for // the DB instance. MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` // Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment. MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` // Specifies the pending port for the DB instance. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. StorageType *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { s.AllocatedStorage = &v return s } // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v return s } // SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetEngineVersion(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetIops(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { s.Iops = &v return s } // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetLicenseModel(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { s.LicenseModel = &v return s } // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { s.MasterUserPassword = &v return s } // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues { s.MultiAZ = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPort(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { s.Port = &v return s } // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetStorageType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { s.StorageType = &v return s } type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the DB cluster Read Replica to promote. This parameter // is not case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster-replica1 // // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput"} if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBCluster // // * DeleteDBCluster // // * FailoverDBCluster // // * ModifyDBCluster // // * RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot // // * RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput { s.DBCluster = v return s } type PromoteReadReplicaInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to // a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated // backups. // // Default: 1 // // Constraints: // // * Must be a value from 0 to 8 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` // The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. // // Constraints: // // * Must be the identifier for an existing Read Replica DB instance // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: mydbinstance // // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. // // Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time // per region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred // Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Constraints: // // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. // // * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). // // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. // // * Must be at least 30 minutes. PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaInput"} if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PromoteReadReplicaInput { s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaInput { s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v return s } type PromoteReadReplicaOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBInstance // // * DeleteDBInstance // // * ModifyDBInstance // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. func (s *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *PromoteReadReplicaOutput { s.DBInstance = v return s } type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The number of instances to reserve. // // Default: 1 DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"` // Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation. // // Example: myreservationID ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"` // The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase. // // Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706 // // ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId is a required field ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput"} if s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBInstanceCount sets the DBInstanceCount field's value. func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetDBInstanceCount(v int64) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { s.DBInstanceCount = &v return s } // SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value. func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v return s } // SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { s.Tags = v return s } type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances // and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions. ReservedDBInstance *ReservedDBInstance `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetReservedDBInstance sets the ReservedDBInstance field's value. func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) SetReservedDBInstance(v *ReservedDBInstance) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput { s.ReservedDBInstance = v return s } type RebootDBInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // When true, the reboot will be conducted through a MultiAZ failover. // // Constraint: You cannot specify true if the instance is not configured for // MultiAZ. ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootDBInstanceInput"} if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBInstanceInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetForceFailover sets the ForceFailover field's value. func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetForceFailover(v bool) *RebootDBInstanceInput { s.ForceFailover = &v return s } type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBInstance // // * DeleteDBInstance // // * ModifyDBInstance // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. func (s *RebootDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RebootDBInstanceOutput { s.DBInstance = v return s } // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances // and DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings actions. type RecurringCharge struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The amount of the recurring charge. RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"` // The frequency of the recurring charge. RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RecurringCharge) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRecurringChargeAmount sets the RecurringChargeAmount field's value. func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeAmount(v float64) *RecurringCharge { s.RecurringChargeAmount = &v return s } // SetRecurringChargeFrequency sets the RecurringChargeFrequency field's value. func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeFrequency(v string) *RecurringCharge { s.RecurringChargeFrequency = &v return s } type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB cluster to disassociate the IAM role rom. // // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the Aurora // DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole. // // RoleArn is a required field RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput"} if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) } if s.RoleArn == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { s.RoleArn = &v return s } type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB // instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group. // // SourceIdentifier is a required field SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a // source identifier from. // // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput"} if s.SourceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier")) } if s.SubscriptionName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput { s.SourceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput { s.SubscriptionName = &v return s } type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions // action. EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput { s.EventSubscription = v return s } type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be removed from. This value is an Amazon // Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). // // ResourceName is a required field ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. // // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"} if s.ResourceName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) } if s.TagKeys == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { s.ResourceName = &v return s } // SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { s.TagKeys = v return s } type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances // and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions. type ReservedDBInstance struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The currency code for the reserved DB instance. CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"` // The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // The number of reserved DB instances. DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"` // The duration of the reservation in seconds. Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` // The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance. FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"` // Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments. MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` // The offering type of this reserved DB instance. OfferingType *string `type:"string"` // The description of the reserved DB instance. ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` // The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the reserved DB instance. ReservedDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` // The unique identifier for the reservation. ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"` // The offering identifier. ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` // The time the reservation started. StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The state of the reserved DB instance. State *string `type:"string"` // The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance. UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ReservedDBInstance) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ReservedDBInstance) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { s.CurrencyCode = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceCount sets the DBInstanceCount field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDBInstanceCount(v int64) *ReservedDBInstance { s.DBInstanceCount = &v return s } // SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedDBInstance { s.Duration = &v return s } // SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstance { s.FixedPrice = &v return s } // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReservedDBInstance { s.MultiAZ = &v return s } // SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { s.OfferingType = &v return s } // SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { s.ProductDescription = &v return s } // SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedDBInstance { s.RecurringCharges = v return s } // SetReservedDBInstanceArn sets the ReservedDBInstanceArn field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstanceArn(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { s.ReservedDBInstanceArn = &v return s } // SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v return s } // SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v return s } // SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ReservedDBInstance { s.StartTime = &v return s } // SetState sets the State field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetState(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { s.State = &v return s } // SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstance { s.UsagePrice = &v return s } // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings // action. type ReservedDBInstancesOffering struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering. CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"` // The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // The duration of the offering in seconds. Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` // The fixed price charged for this offering. FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"` // Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments. MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` // The offering type. OfferingType *string `type:"string"` // The database engine used by the offering. ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` // The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"` // The offering identifier. ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` // The hourly price charged for this offering. UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { s.CurrencyCode = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { s.Duration = &v return s } // SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { s.FixedPrice = &v return s } // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { s.MultiAZ = &v return s } // SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { s.OfferingType = &v return s } // SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { s.ProductDescription = &v return s } // SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { s.RecurringCharges = v return s } // SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v return s } // SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { s.UsagePrice = &v return s } type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset. // // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the // default values. You cannot use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter // is set to true. Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` // A value that is set to true to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter // group to their default values, and false otherwise. You cannot use this parameter // if there is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter. ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.Parameters = v return s } // SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value. func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { s.ResetAllParameters = &v return s } type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB parameter group. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // DBParameterGroupName is a required field DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter // update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied; // subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified // in a single request. // // MySQL // // Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot // // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes // are applied when DB instance reboots. // // MariaDB // // Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot // // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes // are applied when DB instance reboots. // // Oracle // // Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` // Specifies whether (true) or not (false) to reset all parameters in the DB // parameter group to default values. // // Default: true ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBParameterGroupInput"} if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { s.DBParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { s.Parameters = v return s } // SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value. func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { s.ResetAllParameters = &v return s } // Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the // resource. PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []*PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"` // The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions. ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails sets the PendingMaintenanceActionDetails field's value. func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails(v []*PendingMaintenanceAction) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions { s.PendingMaintenanceActionDetails = v return s } // SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions { s.ResourceIdentifier = &v return s } type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored DB cluster // can be created in. AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` // The number of days for which automated backups of the restored DB cluster // are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. // // Default: 1 // // Constraints: // // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` // A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated // with the specified CharacterSet. CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` // The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the S3 bucket. // This parameter is isn't case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster1 // // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the restored // DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 will be used. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // A DB subnet group to associate with the restored DB cluster. // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The database name for the restored DB cluster. DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` // The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster. // // Valid Values: aurora // // Engine is a required field Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The version number of the database engine to use. // // Aurora // // Example: 5.6.10a EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. // // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption // key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. // // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS region. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any // printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". // // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. // // MasterUserPassword is a required field MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster. // // Constraints: // // * Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters. // // * First character must be a letter. // // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. // // MasterUsername is a required field MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated // with the specified option group. // // Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. An option group // cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The port number on which the instances in the restored DB cluster accept // connections. // // Default: 3306 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated // backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. // // Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time // per region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred // Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Constraints: // // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. // // * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). // // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. // // * Must be at least 30 minutes. PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal // Coordinated Time (UTC). // // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi // // Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time // per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks // available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. // // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun // // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the // Amazon Aurora DB cluster. // // S3BucketName is a required field S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management // (IAM) role that authorizes Amazon RDS to access the Amazon S3 bucket on your // behalf. // // S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create // the Amazon Aurora DB cluster. If you do not specify a SourceS3Prefix value, // then the Amazon Aurora DB cluster is created by using all of the files in // the Amazon S3 bucket. S3Prefix *string `type:"string"` // The identifier for the database engine that was backed up to create the files // stored in the Amazon S3 bucket. // // Valid values: mysql // // SourceEngine is a required field SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The version of the database that the backup files were created from. // // MySQL version 5.5 and 5.6 are supported. // // Example: 5.6.22 // // SourceEngineVersion is a required field SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted. StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the restored DB cluster. VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input"} if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) } if s.Engine == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) } if s.MasterUserPassword == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUserPassword")) } if s.MasterUsername == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUsername")) } if s.S3BucketName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName")) } if s.S3IngestionRoleArn == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3IngestionRoleArn")) } if s.SourceEngine == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngine")) } if s.SourceEngineVersion == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngineVersion")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.AvailabilityZones = v return s } // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v return s } // SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.CharacterSetName = &v return s } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.DatabaseName = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.KmsKeyId = &v return s } // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.MasterUserPassword = &v return s } // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUsername(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.MasterUsername = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.Port = &v return s } // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v return s } // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v return s } // SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3BucketName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.S3BucketName = &v return s } // SetS3IngestionRoleArn sets the S3IngestionRoleArn field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3IngestionRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.S3IngestionRoleArn = &v return s } // SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3Prefix(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.S3Prefix = &v return s } // SetSourceEngine sets the SourceEngine field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetSourceEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.SourceEngine = &v return s } // SetSourceEngineVersion sets the SourceEngineVersion field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetSourceEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.SourceEngineVersion = &v return s } // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.StorageEncrypted = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.Tags = v return s } // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v return s } type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBCluster // // * DeleteDBCluster // // * FailoverDBCluster // // * ModifyDBCluster // // * RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot // // * RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output { s.DBCluster = v return s } type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored // DB cluster can be created in. AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` // The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter // isn't case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-snapshot-id // // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster. // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The database name for the restored DB cluster. DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` // The database engine to use for the new DB cluster. // // Default: The same as source // // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source // // Engine is a required field Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from // a DB cluster snapshot. // // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. // // If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following // will occur: // // * If the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster // is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the DB cluster // snapshot. // // * If the DB cluster snapshot is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster // is encrypted using the specified encryption key. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. // // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 // // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to restore from. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to. VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput"} if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) } if s.Engine == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) } if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.AvailabilityZones = v return s } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.DatabaseName = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.KmsKeyId = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.Port = &v return s } // SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.Tags = v return s } // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v return s } type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBCluster // // * DeleteDBCluster // // * FailoverDBCluster // // * ModifyDBCluster // // * RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot // // * RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput { s.DBCluster = v return s } type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the new DB cluster to be created. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster. // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from // an encrypted DB cluster. // // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. // // You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a // KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB // cluster. The new DB cluster will be encrypted with the KMS key identified // by the KmsKeyId parameter. // // If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following // will occur: // // * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted // using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster. // // * If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is // not encrypted. // // If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that is note encrypted, then // the restore request is rejected. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The name of the option group for the new DB cluster. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. // // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 // // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // The date and time to restore the DB cluster to. // // Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format // // Constraints: // // * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance // // * Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true // // Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. // // Constraints: // // * Must be the identifier of an existing database instance // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // SourceDBClusterIdentifier is a required field SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // A value that is set to true to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable // backup time, and false otherwise. // // Default: false // // Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided. UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"` // A lst of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to. VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput"} if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) } if s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { s.KmsKeyId = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { s.Port = &v return s } // SetRestoreToTime sets the RestoreToTime field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreToTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { s.RestoreToTime = &v return s } // SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { s.Tags = v return s } // SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v return s } // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v return s } type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBCluster // // * DeleteDBCluster // // * FailoverDBCluster // // * ModifyDBCluster // // * RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot // // * RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput { s.DBCluster = v return s } type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the // DB instance during the maintenance window. AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` // The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in. // // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. // // Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ // parameter is set to true. // // Example: us-east-1a AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` // True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB // instance; otherwise false. The default is false. CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` // The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance. // // Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge // | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge // | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge // | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge // | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't // case-sensitive. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens (1 to 15 // for SQL Server) // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-snapshot-id // // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The database name for the restored DB instance. // // This parameter doesn't apply to the MySQL, PostgreSQL, or MariaDB engines. DBName *string `type:"string"` // The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier // must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. // // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in. Domain *string `type:"string"` // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the // Directory Service. DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` // The database engine to use for the new instance. // // Default: The same as source // // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source // // Valid Values: MySQL | mariadb | oracle-se1 | oracle-se | oracle-ee | sqlserver-ee // | sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres | aurora Engine *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in // I/O operations per second. If this parameter is not specified, the IOPS value // will be taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new instance // will be converted to a non-PIOPS instance, which will take additional time, // though your DB instance will be available for connections before the conversion // starts. // // Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. // // SQL Server // // Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported. Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` // License model information for the restored DB instance. // // Default: Same as source. // // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. // // Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ // parameter is set to true. MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` // The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. // // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, // cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The port number on which the database accepts connections. // // Default: The same port as the original DB instance // // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. // // Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been // requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. // // * Default VPC: true // // * VPC: false // // If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible // value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a // specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the // PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be private. PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. // // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 // // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. // // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard StorageType *string `type:"string"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` // The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the // device. TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput"} if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) } if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v return s } // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.AvailabilityZone = &v return s } // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.DBName = &v return s } // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.Domain = &v return s } // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.Iops = &v return s } // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.LicenseModel = &v return s } // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.MultiAZ = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.Port = &v return s } // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.PubliclyAccessible = &v return s } // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.StorageType = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.Tags = v return s } // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.TdeCredentialArn = &v return s } // SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v return s } type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBInstance // // * DeleteDBInstance // // * ModifyDBInstance // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput { s.DBInstance = v return s } type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the // DB instance during the maintenance window. AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` // The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in. // // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. // // Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ // parameter is set to true. // // Example: us-east-1a AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` // True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB // instance; otherwise false. The default is false. CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` // The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance. // // Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge // | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge // | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge // | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge // | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large // // Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // The database name for the restored DB instance. // // This parameter is not used for the MySQL or MariaDB engines. DBName *string `type:"string"` // The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in. Domain *string `type:"string"` // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the // Directory Service. DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` // The database engine to use for the new instance. // // Default: The same as source // // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source // // Valid Values: MySQL | mariadb | oracle-se1 | oracle-se | oracle-ee | sqlserver-ee // | sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres | aurora Engine *string `type:"string"` // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be // initially allocated for the DB instance. // // Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. // // SQL Server // // Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported. Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` // License model information for the restored DB instance. // // Default: Same as source. // // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. // // Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ // parameter is set to true. MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` // The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. // // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, // cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The port number on which the database accepts connections. // // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 // // Default: The same port as the original DB instance. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. // // Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been // requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. // // * Default VPC:true // // * VPC:false // // If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible // value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a // specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the // PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be private. PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` // The date and time to restore from. // // Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format // // Constraints: // // * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance // // * Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true // // Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z RestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. // // Constraints: // // * Must be the identifier of an existing database instance // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // SourceDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. // // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 // // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. // // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard StorageType *string `type:"string"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // The name of the new database instance to be created. // // Constraints: // // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens // // * First character must be a letter // // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // TargetDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` // The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the // device. TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` // Specifies whether (true) or not (false) the DB instance is restored from // the latest backup time. // // Default: false // // Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreTime parameter is provided. UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput"} if s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceIdentifier")) } if s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBInstanceIdentifier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v return s } // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.AvailabilityZone = &v return s } // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v return s } // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.DBInstanceClass = &v return s } // SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.DBName = &v return s } // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v return s } // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.Domain = &v return s } // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.Iops = &v return s } // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.LicenseModel = &v return s } // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.MultiAZ = &v return s } // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.OptionGroupName = &v return s } // SetPort sets the Port field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.Port = &v return s } // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.PubliclyAccessible = &v return s } // SetRestoreTime sets the RestoreTime field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.RestoreTime = &v return s } // SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.StorageType = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.Tags = v return s } // SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v return s } // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.TdeCredentialArn = &v return s } // SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v return s } // SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v return s } type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * CreateDBInstance // // * DeleteDBInstance // // * ModifyDBInstance // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput { s.DBInstance = v return s } type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP // is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId // cannot be provided. CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` // The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from. // // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security // groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId // and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` // The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security // groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId // and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in // the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable // value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, // EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId // must be provided. EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"} if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value. func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { s.CIDRIP = &v return s } // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v return s } // SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value. func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v return s } // SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value. func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v return s } // SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value. func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v return s } type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: // // * DescribeDBSecurityGroups // // * AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress // // * CreateDBSecurityGroup // // * RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress // // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups // action. DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value. func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput { s.DBSecurityGroup = v return s } // Contains an AWS Region name as the result of a successful call to the DescribeSourceRegions // action. type SourceRegion struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The source region endpoint. Endpoint *string `type:"string"` // The source region name. RegionName *string `type:"string"` // The status of the source region. Status *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s SourceRegion) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s SourceRegion) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. func (s *SourceRegion) SetEndpoint(v string) *SourceRegion { s.Endpoint = &v return s } // SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value. func (s *SourceRegion) SetRegionName(v string) *SourceRegion { s.RegionName = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *SourceRegion) SetStatus(v string) *SourceRegion { s.Status = &v return s } // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups // action. type Subnet struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains Availability Zone information. // // This data type is used as an element in the following data type: // // * OrderableDBInstanceOption SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"` // Specifies the identifier of the subnet. SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the status of the subnet. SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s Subnet) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s Subnet) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value. func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone(v *AvailabilityZone) *Subnet { s.SubnetAvailabilityZone = v return s } // SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value. func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier(v string) *Subnet { s.SubnetIdentifier = &v return s } // SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value. func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetStatus(v string) *Subnet { s.SubnetStatus = &v return s } // Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair. type Tag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to // 128 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". // The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, // '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). Key *string `type:"string"` // A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 // to 256 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or // "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, // white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). Value *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s Tag) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s Tag) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { s.Key = &v return s } // SetValue sets the Value field's value. func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { s.Value = &v return s } // A time zone associated with a DBInstance or a DBSnapshot. This data type // is an element in the response to the DescribeDBInstances, the DescribeDBSnapshots, // and the DescribeDBEngineVersions actions. type Timezone struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the time zone. TimezoneName *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s Timezone) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s Timezone) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetTimezoneName sets the TimezoneName field's value. func (s *Timezone) SetTimezoneName(v string) *Timezone { s.TimezoneName = &v return s } // The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. type UpgradeTarget struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A value that indicates whether the target version will be applied to any // source DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true. AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` // The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. Description *string `type:"string"` // The name of the upgrade target database engine. Engine *string `type:"string"` // The version number of the upgrade target database engine. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // A value that indicates whether a database engine will be upgraded to a major // version. IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s UpgradeTarget) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAutoUpgrade sets the AutoUpgrade field's value. func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetAutoUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { s.AutoUpgrade = &v return s } // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetDescription(v string) *UpgradeTarget { s.Description = &v return s } // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngine(v string) *UpgradeTarget { s.Engine = &v return s } // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngineVersion(v string) *UpgradeTarget { s.EngineVersion = &v return s } // SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade sets the IsMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { s.IsMajorVersionUpgrade = &v return s } // This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security // group membership. type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The status of the VPC security group. Status *string `type:"string"` // The name of the VPC security group. VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership { s.Status = &v return s } // SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value. func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership { s.VpcSecurityGroupId = &v return s } const ( // ApplyMethodImmediate is a ApplyMethod enum value ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate" // ApplyMethodPendingReboot is a ApplyMethod enum value ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot" ) const ( // SourceTypeDbInstance is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance" // SourceTypeDbParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group" // SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group" // SourceTypeDbSnapshot is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot" // SourceTypeDbCluster is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster" // SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot" )